Category: Commerce

  • MIL-OSI United Kingdom: Government signs new international agreement in boost to British business

    Source: United Kingdom – Executive Government & Departments 3

    Press release

    Government signs new international agreement in boost to British business

    Businesses will save time and money on repetitive legal action thanks to new international rules coming into force across the UK on 1 July.

    • Agreement will cut delays and costs for UK businesses
    • UK judgments against foreign suppliers will be recognised by participating countries overseas
    • This will boost the UK legal sector and drive economic growth, part of the government’s Plan for Change

    The UK Government has signed up to the Hague 2019 Convention, which means other countries will more easily recognise and enforce UK court judgments in cross-border disputes – sparing firms from costly and repetitive court battles.

    Currently, if a UK business wins a case in a UK court against a company based in another country, business leaders face the threat of time-consuming enforcement processes or even identical legal action overseas for the same dispute – causing delays, increasing costs and creating confusion to the consumer.

    The new rules will provide a simpler enforcement route to existing complex systems, giving one clear consistent set of shared rules – that the UK helped shape – making the process easier for everyone.

    Streamlining the process will save businesses time and money, encourage foreign companies to use the UK’s world-class lawyers and courts to settle their disputes and grow the economy overall.

    Justice Minister, Lord Ponsonby, said:

    This Convention delivers real benefits for British businesses dealing with international disputes.

    As part of our Plan for Change we’re boosting UK firms’ confidence to trade by minimising legal costs and ensuring justice across borders, all while cementing Britain’s role as a global legal powerhouse committed to the rule of law.

    The Convention will enhance international legal collaboration. It will apply to judgments in civil and commercial matters, strengthening the UK’s position as a global hub for dispute resolution.

    The 2019 Hague Convention is already being applied by 29 parties, from Ukraine to EU countries, with Uruguay joining last year. This means UK civil and commercial judgments will be recognised and enforced in these nations and that the UK will recognise judgments made in their courts.

    With 91 members of the Hague Conference on Private International Law (HCCH), a major multilateral forum for private international law rules which has produced numerous conventions including the 2019 Hague Convention, Hague 2019 has a potentially global reach. 

    The Convention will apply to judgments given in proceedings that commence on or after 1 July 2025 across the entire United Kingdom or in other participating countries.

    Updates to this page

    Published 25 April 2025

    MIL OSI United Kingdom

  • MIL-OSI: Pacific Financial Corp Earns $2.4 Million, or $0.24 per Diluted Share for First Quarter 2025; Board of Directors Approves 5% Stock Buyback Plan; Declares Quarterly Cash Dividend of $0.14 per Share

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    ABERDEEN, Wash., April 25, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Pacific Financial Corporation (OTCQX: PFLC), (“Pacific Financial”) or the (“Company”), the holding company for Bank of the Pacific (the “Bank”), reported net income of $2.4 million, or $0.24 per diluted share for the first quarter of 2025, compared to $2.2 million, or $0.21 per diluted share for the fourth quarter of 2024, and $2.7 million, or $0.26 per diluted share for the first quarter of 2024. Current quarter net income includes a provision for credit losses of $83,000, compared to the recapture of $103,000 from the allowance for credit losses for the fourth quarter of 2024, and a provision for credit losses of $33,000 for the first quarter of 2024. Except for year-end December 31, 2024 financials, all results are unaudited.

    The Board of Directors of Pacific Financial declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.14 per share on April 23, 2025. The dividend will be payable on May 23, 2025 to shareholders of record on May 9, 2025. Additionally, the Board of Directors has authorized an additional $5.3 million toward future stock repurchases, or approximately 5.0% of total shares outstanding.

    “We are pleased with our first quarter results; operating earnings were solid and benefitted from strong core deposit growth, margin expansion and a lower cost of deposits as well as the closure of the residential mortgage division in late 2024. During the quarter, we saw good progress with our deposit growth initiative with core deposit growth of $61.2 million or 7%. We continue to benefit from our strong core deposit base, with non-interest bearing accounts representing 36% of total deposits. The expansion in our net interest margin was fueled by higher rates on loan production and on investment purchases, as well as a declining cost of funds. Cost of funds declined 7 basis points to 1.10%, despite continued rate pressure. Demand for lending continues to be tempered by the current level of interest rates and economic uncertainty.” said Denise Portmann, President and Chief Executive Officer.

    “Our business model and strategies continue to be built on a culture of relationship banking with a strong foundation of sound credit quality lending standards. At quarter-end, our asset quality metrics remained strong, allowance for credit loss levels were solid and capital levels also remained strong. We believe the combination of our strong balance sheet, and prudent risk management will allow us to achieve sustainable growth and continue delivering results that benefit our stakeholders for the long term,” said Portmann.

    First Quarter 2025 Financial Highlights:

    • Return on average assets (“ROAA”) improved to 0.81%, compared to 0.74% for the fourth quarter 2024, and decreased from 0.95% for the first quarter 2024.
    • Return on average equity (“ROAE”) was 8.48%, compared to 7.27% from the preceding quarter, and 9.32% from the first quarter a year earlier.
    • Net interest income was $11.3 million, compared to $10.9 million for the fourth quarter of 2024, and $11.4 million for the first quarter of 2024.
    • Net interest margin (“NIM”) increased to 4.12%, compared to 3.99% from the preceding quarter, and 4.38% for the first quarter a year ago.
    • Provision for credit losses was $83,000 for the first quarter ended March 31, 2025, compared to a recapture of $103,000 for the preceding quarter and a provision of $33,000 in the first quarter a year ago.
    • Gross portfolio loan balances increased to $707.0 million at March 31, 2025, compared to $704.9 million at December 31, 2024, and increased 2%, or $12.8 million from $694.2 million one year earlier.
    • Total deposits increased $59.9 million, or 6%, to $1.07 billion at March 31, 2025 compared to the previous quarter and increased $78.9 million, or 8%, from one year earlier. Non-interest bearing deposits represent 36% of total deposits at March 31, 2025, and support a lower cost core deposits portfolio. Core deposits were 88% of total deposits at March 31, 2025.
    • Non-performing assets to total assets ratio remained low at 0.10%, or $1.2 million for the current quarter end and were 0.09% and $1.1 million three months earlier. Substandard loans decreased $41,000 to $2.7 million at March 31, 2025 and special mention assets declined $680,000 to $10.1 million at March 31, 2025.
    • Shareholder equity increased $3.1 million during the quarter largely due to net income and lower accumulated other comprehensive loss marks on the investment portfolio, offset by stock repurchases and dividend payments. Tangible book value per share was $10.33 at March 31, 2025, an increase from $9.80 at March 31, 2024.
    • Pacific Financial and Bank of the Pacific continue to exceed regulatory well-capitalized requirements. At March 31, 2025, Pacific Financial’s estimated leverage ratio was 10.9% and its estimated total risk-based capital ratio was 17.4%.

    Balance Sheet Review

    Total assets increased to $1.22 billion at March 31, 2025, compared to $1.15 billion at December 31, 2024, and $1.13 billion one year earlier.

    Cash and cash equivalents increased $63.7 million to $143.8 million at March 31, 2025 from $80.2 million at December 31, 2024 and $91.3 million one year earlier. The increase largely relates to deposit growth during the first quarter.

    Liquidity metrics continue to be strong and are managed to ensure adequate funding resources are available to meet customer demand. At March 31, 2025, the Company’s on and off-balance sheet sources totaled $549.7 million. This represents a coverage ratio of short-term funds available to uninsured and uncollateralized deposits of 212%. Included in available sources are collateralized credit lines the Company has established with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines (FHLB) and the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco, as well as unsecured borrowing lines from various correspondent banks. There were no balance outstanding on any of these facilities at quarter-end. Uninsured or uncollateralized deposits were 24% of total deposits at March 31, 2025.

    Investment securities increased $0.9 million to $305.4 million, compared to $304.5 million at December 31, 2024 and increased $16.9 million compared to the like period a year ago. The largest investment category was collateralized mortgage obligations which accounted for 51% of the investment portfolio at March 31, 2025, compared to 48% at December 31, 2024 and 45% one year earlier. The yield on the investment portfolio increased 15 basis points during the current quarter to 3.60% from 3.45% for both the prior quarter and the first quarter a year ago. During the quarter, the bank implemented a $9.0 million restructure with a loss of $165,000; improving yields by over 200 basis points on those investment funds. The adjusted duration of the portfolio was 4.31 years at March 31, 2025 compared to 4.35 years at March 31, 2024.

    Gross loans balances increased $2.1 million, to $707.0 million at March 31, 2025, compared to $704.9 million at December 31, 2024. During the first quarter of 2025, growth in new owner-occupied commercial real estate and multi-family loans more than offset the decline in commercial & agriculture, construction & development and residential 1-4 family loans. Year-over-year loan growth was 2%, or $12.8 million, with the largest increases in multi-family loans and owner-occupied commercial real estate increasing $17.9 million and $9.2 million, respectively. Loans classified as commercial real estate for regulatory concentration purposes totaled $263.4 million at March 31, 2025, or 189% of total risk-based capital.

    The Company continues to manage concentration limits that establish maximum exposure levels by certain industry segments, loan product types, geography and single borrower limits. In addition, the loan portfolio continues to be well-diversified and is collateralized with assets predominantly within the Company’s Western Washington and Oregon markets.

    Credit quality: Nonperforming assets remain minimal at $1.2 million, or 0.10% of total assets at March 31, 2025, compared to $1.1 million, or 0.09% at December 31, 2024. Accruing loans past due more than 30 days represent only 0.04% of total loans. Total loans designated as special mention decreased to $10.1 million at March 31, 2025 compared to $10.8 million at December 31, 2024. The Company has zero other real estate owned as of March 31, 2025.

    Allowance for credit losses (“ACL”) remained at $8.9 million, or 1.26% of gross loans at March 31, 2025. A provision for credit losses of $83,000 was recorded in the current quarter resulting from $75,000 in net charge-offs and loan growth. This compares to a recapture for credit losses of $103,000 in the fourth quarter of 2024 and a provision for credit losses of $33,000 for the first quarter one year earlier.  

    Total deposits increased to $1.07 billion at March 31, 2025 from $1.01 billion the prior quarter and $995.8 million one year earlier. The company’s strong core deposit base continues to positively impact the Bank’s net interest margin and operating results. Non-interest bearing deposits continued to remain the largest category of deposits and represented 36% of deposits at March 31, 2025. Additionally, interest-bearing demand and money market deposits represented 23% and 18% of total deposits, respectively, at March 31, 2025, and CDs as a percentage of deposits declined during the quarter, after increasing since fourth quarter 2022. CD balances were 12% of total deposits for the current quarter compared to 13% at the prior quarter.

    Shareholders’ equity was $116.9 million at March 31, 2025, compared to $113.9 million at December 31, 2024, and $114.7 million at March 31, 2024. The increase in shareholders’ equity during the current quarter was primarily due to net income and a decrease in unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities with dividend payments and stock repurchases partially offsetting those increases. Net unrealized losses (after-tax) included in shareholders’ equity on available-for-sale securities were $14.2 million at March 31, 2025 compared to $17.5 million at December 31, 2024 and $16.6 million at March 31, 2024. During the quarter, the Company completed its repurchase of shares under the stock repurchase plan announced in October 2024.

    Book value per common share was $11.67 at March 31, 2025, compared to $11.26 at December 31, 2024, and $11.10 at March 31, 2024. The Company’s tangible common equity ratio declined to 8.6% at March 31, 2025 relative to 8.8% the prior quarter and 9.0% at March 31, 2024. Regulatory capital ratios of both the Company and the Bank continue to exceed the well-capitalized regulatory thresholds, with the Company’s leverage ratio at 10.9% and total risk-based capital ratio at 17.4% as of March 31, 2025. These regulatory capital ratios are estimates, pending completion and filing of regulatory reports.

    Income Statement Review

    Net interest income increased $439,000 to $11.3 million for the first quarter of 2025, compared to $10.9 million for the fourth quarter of 2024, and decreased $111,000 compared to $11.4 million for the first quarter a year ago. The change in the current quarter compared to the preceding quarter reflects the impact of higher loan and investment yields, lower deposit and borrowing costs as well as growth in total interest earning assets resulting from core deposit growth during the quarter. The decrease in net interest income compared to the year ago quarter primarily reflects a rise in funding costs and a decrease in yields on interest-bearing cash as the FOMC decreased the federal funds rate 100 basis points in 2024.

    The Bank’s net interest margin improved to 4.12% for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 from 3.99% the prior quarter and declined from 4.38% one year earlier. The increase from the prior quarter resulted from both a 7 basis points decrease in costs of funds combined with a 13 basis point increase in loan yields and a 15 basis point increase in investment yields which was partially offset by a 34 basis point decrease in yields on interest-earning cash balances. Loan yields improved as longer term fixed and variable rate loans (originated in a lower rate environment) were renewed at higher rates. In addition, average loan yields on new originations were at higher yields than the current loan portfolio yield. Investment yields improved partially due to $32.3 million of investment purchases at higher yields over the last 6 months including a $9.0 million restructure that replaced lower yielding investments with higher yielding investments. The Bank continues to actively monitor and manage its costs of funds and even in a competitive environment was able to decrease rates on specific deposit categories during the first quarter. In addition, the high percentage of non-interest bearing deposits at 36% continues to help reduce volatility in deposit costs.

    Noninterest income decreased to $1.2 million for the current quarter, compared to $1.8 million for the linked quarter and $1.4 million a year earlier. The decrease compared to the linked quarter was primarily due to a loss on the sale of investment securities of $165,000 during the current quarter and a reduction in gain on sale of loans compared to the prior quarter as a result of closing the mortgage division during late 2024. In addition, a death benefit from a bank-owned life insurance policy realized in the fourth quarter of 2024 also contributed to the variance.   Fee and service charge income decreased in the first quarter of 2025 to $1.1 million compared to $1.3 million in the previous quarter and $1.1 million in the first quarter of 2024.

    Noninterest expenses decreased to $9.4 million for the first quarter of 2025 compared to $10.1 million for the prior quarter and $9.5 million for the first quarter of 2024. The decrease from the prior quarter was primarily related to reductions in mortgage lending salary and employee benefit costs and other mortgage lending costs resulting from the closure of the mortgage division in late 2024. The prior quarter included $773,000 in costs associated with severance and retention payments, lease termination costs and software contract termination expenses related to closing the mortgage division and $602,000 in other mortgage division costs.

    The company’s efficiency ratio decreased to 75.86% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 79.80% in the preceding quarter and increased from 74.21% in the same quarter a year ago.

    Income tax expense: Federal and Oregon state income tax expenses totaled $544,000 for the current quarter, and $492,000 for the preceding quarter, resulting in effective tax rates of 18.6% and 18.5%, respectively. These income tax expenses reflect the benefits of tax exempt income on tax-exempt loans and investments, affordable housing tax credit financing, and investments in bank-owned life insurance.

    FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (unaudited) Quarter Ended   Change From
     
    (In 000s, except per share data)                          
        Mar 31,   Dec 31,   Mar 31,     Dec 31, 2024   Mar 31, 2024
        2025   2024   2024     $ %   $ %
    Earnings Ratios & Data                          
    Net Income $ 2,377   $ 2,162   $ 2,650     $ 215   10 % $ (273 ) -10 %
    Return on average assets   0.81%     0.74%     0.95%       0.07%       -0.14 %  
    Return on average equity   8.48%     7.27%     9.32%       1.21%       -0.84 %  
    Efficiency ratio (1)   75.86%     79.80%     74.21%       -3.94 %     1.65 %  
    Net-interest margin %(2)   4.12%     3.99%     4.38%       0.13%       -0.26 %  
                               
    Share Ratios & Data                          
    Basic earnings per share $ 0.24   $ 0.21   $ 0.26     $ 0.03   14 % $ (0.02 ) -8 %
    Diluted earning per share $ 0.24   $ 0.21   $ 0.26     $ 0.03   14 % $ (0.02 ) -8 %
    Book value per share(3) $ 11.67   $ 11.26   $ 11.10     $ 0.41   4 % $ 0.57   5 %
    Tangible book value per share(4) $ 10.33   $ 9.93   $ 9.80     $ 0.40   4 % $ 0.53   5 %
    Common shares outstanding   10,020     10,110     10,336       (90 ) -1 %   (316 ) -3 %
    PFLC stock price $ 10.90   $ 12.45   $ 10.15     $ (1.55 ) -12 % $ 0.75   7 %
    Dividends paid per share $ 0.14   $ 0.14   $ 0.14     $   0 % $   0 %
                               
    Balance Sheet Data                          
    Assets $ 1,218,969   $ 1,153,563   $ 1,134,586     $ 65,406   6 % $ 84,383   7 %
    Portfolio Loans $ 707,034   $ 704,865   $ 694,229     $ 2,169   0 % $ 12,805   2 %
    Deposits $ 1,074,646   $ 1,014,731   $ 995,756     $ 59,915   6 % $ 78,890   8 %
    Investments $ 305,377   $ 304,502   $ 288,439     $ 875   0 % $ 16,938   6 %
    Shareholders equity $ 116,949   $ 113,856   $ 114,725     $ 3,093   3 % $ 2,224   2 %
                               
    Liquidity Ratios                          
    Short-term funding to uninsured                          
    and uncollateralized deposits   212%     217%     251%       -5 %     -39 %  
    Uninsured and uncollateralized                          
    deposits to total deposits   24%     25%     22%       -1 %     2 %  
    Portfolio loans to deposits ratio   66%     69%     69%       -3 %     -3 %  
                               
    Asset Quality Ratios                          
    Non-performing assets to assets   0.10%     0.09%     0.13%       0.01%       -0.03 %  
    Non-accrual loans to portfolio loans   0.17%     0.16%     0.22%       0.01%       -0.05 %  
    Loan losses to avg portfolio loans   0.04%     -0.04 %   0.02%       0.08%       0.02 %  
    ACL to portfolio loans   1.26%     1.26%     1.24%       0.00%       0.02 %  
                               
    Capital Ratios (PFC)                          
    Total risk-based capital ratio   17.4%     17.5%     17.6%       -0.1 %     -0.2 %  
    Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio   16.3%     16.3%     16.5%       0.0%       -0.2 %  
    Common equity tier 1 ratio   14.7%     14.7%     14.8%       0.0%       -0.1 %  
    Leverage ratio   10.9%     11.3%     11.6%       -0.4 %     -0.7 %  
    Tangible common equity ratio   8.6%     8.8%     9.0%       -0.2 %     -0.4 %  
                               
    (1) Non-interest expense divided by net interest income plus noninterest income.
    (2) Tax-exempt income has been adjusted to a tax equivalent basis at a rate of 21%.
    (3) Book value per share is calculated as the total common shareholders’ equity divided by the period ending number of common stock shares outstanding.
    (4) Tangible book value per share is calculated as the total common shareholders’ equity less total intangible assets and liabilities, divided by the period ending number of common stock shares outstanding.
                               
                               
    INCOME STATEMENT (unaudited) Quarter Ended   Change From
     
    ($ in 000s)                          
        Mar 31,   Dec 31,   Mar 31,     Dec 31, 2024   Mar 31, 2024
        2025   2024   2024     $ %   $ %
    Interest Income                          
    Loan interest & fee income $ 10,304   $ 10,340   $ 10,224     $ (36 ) 0 % $ 80   1 %
    Interest earning cash income   1,208     942     935       266   28 %   273   29 %
    Investment income   2,678     2,590     2,475       88   3 %   203   8 %
    Interest Income   14,190     13,872     13,634       318   2 %   556   4 %
                               
    Interest Expense                          
    Deposits interest expense   2,694     2,796     1,991       (102 ) -4 %   703   35 %
    Other borrowings interest expense   206     225     242       (19 ) -8 %   (36 ) -15 %
    Interest Expense   2,900     3,021     2,233       (121 ) -4 %   667   30 %
    Net Interest Income   11,290     10,851     11,401       439   4 %   (111 ) -1 %
    Provision(recapture) for credit losses   83     (103 )   33       186   -181 %   50   152 %
    Net Interest Income after provision   11,207     10,954     11,368       253   2 %   (161 ) -1 %
                               
    Non-Interest Income                          
    Fees and service charges   1,117     1,267     1,101       (150 ) -12 %   16   1 %
    Gain on sale of investments, net   (165 )             (165 ) -100 %   (165 ) -100 %
    Gain on sale of loans, net   (2 )   267     152       (269 ) -101 %   (154 ) -101 %
    Income on bank-owned insurance   191     250     180       (59 ) -24 %   11   6 %
    Other non-interest income   12     (9 )   11       21   -233 %   1   9 %
    Non-Interest Income   1,153     1,775     1,444       (622 ) -35 %   (291 ) -20 %
                               
    Non-Interest Expense                          
    Salaries and employee benefits   5,969     6,288     5,994       (319 ) -5 %   (25 ) 0 %
    Occupancy   592     768     641       (176 ) -23 %   (49 ) -8 %
    Furniture, Fixtures & Equipment   302     289     284       13   4 %   18   6 %
    Marketing & donations   153     149     154       4   3 %   (1 ) -1 %
    Professional services   299     267     336       32   12 %   (37 ) -11 %
    Data Processing & IT   1,218     1,380     1,191       (162 ) -12 %   27   2 %
    Other   906     934     933       (28 ) -3 %   (27 ) -3 %
    Non-Interest Expense   9,439     10,075     9,533       (636 ) -6 %   (94 ) -1 %
    Income before income taxes   2,921     2,654     3,279       267   10 %   (358 ) -11 %
    Provision for income taxes   544     492     629       52   11 %   (85 ) -14 %
    Net Income $ 2,377   $ 2,162   $ 2,650     $ 215   10 %   (273 ) -10 %
                               
    Effective tax rate   18.6%     18.5%     19.2%       0.1%       -0.6 %  
    BALANCE SHEET (unaudited) Period Ended
      Change from
      % of Total
    ($ in 000s)    
                                       
        Mar 31,   Dec 31,   Mar 31,     Dec 31, 2024   Mar 31, 2024   Mar 31, Dec 31, Mar 31,
        2025   2024   2024       $ %   $ %   2025 2024 2024
    Assets                                  
    Cash on hand and in banks $ 18,975   $ 18,136   $ 15,597     $ 839   5 % $ 3,378   22 %   2 % 2 % 1 %
    Interest earning deposits   124,854     62,015     75,705       62,839   101 %   49,149   65 %   10 % 5 % 7 %
    Investment securities   305,377     304,502     288,439       875   0 %   16,938   6 %   25 % 26 % 25 %
    Loans held-for-sale                   -100 %     -100 %   0 % 0 % 0 %
    Portfolio Loans, net of deferred fees   706,439     704,248     693,461       2,191   0 %   12,978   2 %   58 % 61 % 61 %
    Allowance for credit losses   (8,890 )   (8,851 )   (8,580 )     (39 ) 0 %   (310 ) 4 %   -1 % -1 % -1 %
    Net loans   697,549     695,397     684,881       2,152   0 %   12,668   2 %   57 % 60 % 60 %
    Premises & equipment   16,702     16,952     15,283       (250 ) -1 %   1,419   9 %   1 % 1 % 1 %
    Goodwill & Other Intangibles   13,435     13,435     13,435         0 %     0 %   1 % 1 % 1 %
    Bank-owned life Insurance   28,204     28,333     27,678       (129 ) 0 %   526   2 %   2 % 2 % 2 %
    Other assets   13,873     14,793     13,568       (920 ) -6 %   305   2 %   2 % 3 % 3 %
    Total Assets $ 1,218,969   $ 1,153,563   $ 1,134,586     $ 65,406   6 % $ 84,383   7 %   100 % 100 % 100 %
                                       
    Liabilities & Shareholders’ Equity                                  
    Deposits $ 1,074,646   $ 1,014,731   $ 995,756     $ 59,915   6 % $ 78,890   8 %   88 % 88 % 88 %
    Borrowings   13,403     13,403     13,403         0 %     0 %   1 % 1 % 1 %
    Other liabilities   13,971     11,573     10,702       2,398   21 %   3,269   31 %   1 % 1 % 1 %
    Shareholders’ equity   116,949     113,856     114,725       3,093   3 %   2,224   2 %   10 % 10 % 10 %
    Liabilities & Shareholders’ Equity $ 1,218,969   $ 1,153,563   $ 1,134,586     $ 65,406   6 % $ 84,383   7 %   100 % 100 % 100 %
                                       
                                       
    INVESTMENT COMPOSITION & CONCENTRATIONS (unaudited) Period Ended
      Change from
      % of Total
       
    ($ in 000s)                                  
        Mar 31,   Dec 31,   Mar 31,     Dec 31, 2024 Mar 31, 2024   Mar 31, Dec 31, Mar 31,
        2025   2024   2024     $ %   $ %   2025 2024 2024
    Investment Securities                                  
    Collateralized mortgage obligations $ 156,105   $ 147,262   $ 129,213     $ 8,843   6 % $ 26,892   21 %   51 % 48 % 45 %
    Mortgage backed securities   40,396     46,112     37,753       (5,716 ) -12 %   2,643   7 %   13 % 15 % 13 %
    U.S. Government and agency securities 68,392     67,716     77,826       676   1 %   (9,434 ) -12 %   22 % 22 % 27 %
    Municipal securities   40,484     43,412     43,647       (2,928 ) -7 %   (3,163 ) -7 %   14 % 15 % 15 %
    Investment Securities $ 305,377   $ 304,502   $ 288,439     $ 875   0 % $ 16,938   6 %   100 % 100 % 100 %
                                       
    Held to maturity securities $ 40,718   $ 41,442   $ 49,132     $ (724 ) -2 % $ (8,414 ) -17 %   13 % 14 % 17 %
    Available for sale securities $ 264,659   $ 263,060   $ 239,307     $ 1,599   1 % $ 25,352   11 %   87 % 86 % 83 %
                                       
    Government & Agency securities $ 264,866   $ 261,063   $ 244,762     $ 3,803   1 % $ 20,104   8 %   87 % 86 % 85 %
    AAA, AA, A rated securities $ 39,822   $ 42,773   $ 43,008     $ (2,951 ) -7 % $ (3,186 ) -7 %   13 % 14 % 15 %
    Non-rated securities $ 689   $ 666   $ 669     $ 23   3 % $ 20   3 %   0 % 0 % 0 %
                                       
    AFS Unrealized Gain (Loss) $ (18,284 ) $ (22,437 ) $ (21,464 )   $ 4,153   -19 % $ 3,180   -15 %   -6 % -7 % -7 %
                                       
                                       
    LIQUIDITY (unaudited) Period Ended
      Change from
      % of Deposits
    ($ in 000s)    
                                       
        Mar 31,   Dec 31,   Mar 31,     Dec 31, 2024 Mar 31, 2024   Mar 31, Dec 31, Mar 31,
        2025   2024   2024     $ %   $ %   2025 2024 2024
    Short-term Funding                                  
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 129,616   $ 67,951   $ 80,052     $ 61,665   91 % $ 49,564   62 %   12 % 7 % 8 %
    Unencumbered AFS Securities   104,237     158,472     139,144       (54,235 ) -34 %   (34,907 ) -25 %   10 % 16 % 14 %
    Secured lines of Credit (FHLB, FRB)   315,876     324,187     337,553       (8,311 ) -3 %   (21,677 ) -6 %   29 % 32 % 34 %
    Short-term Funding $ 549,729   $ 550,610   $ 556,749     $ (881 ) 0 % $ (7,020 ) -1 %   51 % 54 % 56 %
                                       
                                       
    PORTFOLIO LOAN COMPOSITION & CONCENTRATIONS (unaudited) Period Ended
      Change from
      % of Total
       
    ($ in 000s)                                  
        Mar 31,   Dec 31,   Mar 31,     Dec 31, 2024 Mar 31, 2024   Mar 31, Dec 31, Mar 31,
        2025   2024   2024     $ %   $ %   2025 2024 2024
    Portfolio Loans                                  
    Commercial & agriculture $ 70,209   $ 75,240   $ 71,320     $ (5,031 ) -7 % $ (1,111 ) -2 %   10 % 11 % 10 %
    Real estate:                                  
    Construction and development   34,669     42,725     51,978       (8,056 ) -19 %   (17,309 ) -33 %   5 % 6 % 7 %
    Residential 1-4 family   101,810     103,489     99,808       (1,679 ) -2 %   2,002   2 %   14 % 15 % 14 %
    Multi-family   72,313     68,978     54,430       3,335   5 %   17,883   33 %   10 % 10 % 8 %
    CRE — owner occupied   176,850     165,120     167,631       11,730   7 %   9,219   5 %   25 % 23 % 24 %
    CRE — non owner occupied   160,022     159,582     157,322       440   0 %   2,700   2 %   23 % 23 % 23 %
    Farmland   27,411     26,864     26,752       547   2 %   659   2 %   4 % 4 % 4 %
    Consumer   63,750     62,867     64,988       883   1 %   (1,238 ) -2 %   9 % 8 % 10 %
    Portfolio Loans   707,034     704,865     694,229       2,169   0 %   12,805   2 %   100 % 100 % 100 %
    Less: ACL   (8,890 )   (8,851 )   (8,580 )                      
    Less: deferred fees   (595 )   (617 )   (768 )                      
    Net loans $ 697,549   $ 695,397   $ 684,881                        
                                       
    Regulatory Commercial Real Estate $ 263,424   $ 267,857   $ 261,155     $ (4,433 ) -2 % $ 2,269   1 %   37 % 38 % 38 %
    Total Risk Based Capital(1) $ 139,133   $ 139,458   $ 139,255     $ (325 ) 0 % $ (122 ) 0 %        
    CRE to Risk Based Capital(1)   189%     192%     188%         -3 %     1 %        
                                       
                                       
    CRE–MULTI-FAMILY & NON OWNER OCCUPIED COMPOSITION (unaudited) Period Ended
      Change from
      % of Total
       
    ($ in 000s)                                  
        Mar 31,   Dec 31,   Mar 31,     Dec 31, 2024 Mar 31, 2024   Mar 31, Dec 31, Mar 31,
        2025   2024   2024     $ %   $ %   2025 2024 2024
    Collateral Composition(2)                                  
    Multifamily $ 76,421   $ 73,575   $ 61,085     $ 2,846   4 % $ 15,336   25 %   31 % 30 % 27 %
    Retail   36,616     36,813     36,192       (197 ) -1 %   424   1 %   15 % 15 % 16 %
    Hospitality   31,772     31,369     32,468       403   1 %   (696 ) -2 %   13 % 13 % 14 %
    Office   23,975     23,921     23,730       54   0 %   245   1 %   10 % 10 % 10 %
    Mixed Use   22,706     22,662     22,204       44   0 %   502   2 %   9 % 9 % 10 %
    Mini Storage   22,654     25,028     23,438       (2,374 ) -9 %   (784 ) -3 %   9 % 10 % 10 %
    Industrial   15,230     14,723     13,348       507   3 %   1,882   14 %   6 % 6 % 6 %
    Warehouse   8,146     7,531     7,483       615   8 %   663   9 %   3 % 3 % 3 %
    Special Purpose   6,874     6,921     7,058       (47 ) -1 %   (184 ) -3 %   3 % 3 % 3 %
    Other   2,648     3,155     3,259       (507 ) -16 %   (611 ) -19 %   1 % 1 % 1 %
    Total $ 247,042   $ 245,698   $ 230,265     $ 1,344   1 % $ 16,777   7 %   100 % 100 % 100 %
                                       
    (1) Bank of the Pacific
    (2) Includes loans in process of construction
                                       
                                       
    CREDIT QUALITY (unaudited) Period Ended
      Change from
           
             
    ($ in 000s)                                  
        Mar 31,   Dec 31,   Mar 31,     Dec 31, 2024   Mar 31, 2024        
        2025   2024   2024     $ %   $ %        
    Risk Rating Distribution                                  
    Pass $ 694,240   $ 691,350   $ 684,779     $ 2,890   0 % $ 9,461   1 %        
    Special Mention   10,131     10,811     4,771       (680 ) -6 %   5,360   112 %        
    Substandard   2,663     2,704     4,679       (41 ) -2 %   (2,016 ) -43 %        
    Portfolio Loans $ 707,034   $ 704,865   $ 694,229     $ 2,169   0 % $ 12,805   2 %        
                                       
    Nonperforming Assets                                  
    Nonaccruing loans   1,225     1,094     1,526     $ 131   12 %   (301 ) -20 %        
    Other real estate owned                   0 %     0 %        
    Nonperforming Assets $ 1,225   $ 1,094   $ 1,526     $ 131   12 %   (301 ) -20 %        
                                       
    Credit Metrics                                  
    Classified loans1 to portfolio loans   0.38%     0.38%     0.67%       0.00%       -0.29 %          
    ACL to classified loans1   333.83%     327.33%     183.37%       6.50%       150.46 %          
    Loans past due 30+ days to portfolio loans2   0.04%     0.14%     0.10%       -0.10%       -0.06 %          
    Nonperforming assets to total assets   0.10%     0.09%     0.13%       0.01%       -0.03 %          
    Nonaccruing loans to portfolio loans   0.17%     0.16%     0.22%       0.01%       -0.05 %          
                                       
    (1) Classified loans include loans rated substandard or worse and are defined as loans having a well-defined weakness or weaknesses related to the borrower’s financial capacity or to pledged collateral that may jeopardize the repayment of the debt. They are characterized by the possibility that the Bank may sustain some loss if the deficiencies giving rise to the substandard classification are not corrected.
    (2) Excludes non-accrual loans
     
                                       
    DEPOSIT COMPOSITION & CONCENTRATIONS (unaudited) Period Ended
      Change from
      % of Total
       
    ($ in 000s)                                  
        Mar 31,   Dec 31,   Mar 31,     Dec 31, 2024   Mar 31, 2024   Mar 31, Dec 31, Mar 31,
        2025   2024   2024     $ %   $ %   2025 2024 2024
    Deposits                                  
    Interest-bearing demand $ 243,363   $ 194,526   $ 177,735     $ 48,837   25 % $ 65,628   37 %   23 % 19 % 18 %
    Money market   197,184     193,324     169,095       3,860   2 %   28,089   17 %   18 % 19 % 17 %
    Savings   117,130     115,520     129,796       1,610   1 %   (12,666 ) -10 %   11 % 11 % 13 %
    Time deposits (CDs)   134,226     135,485     114,644       (1,259 ) -1 %   19,582   17 %   12 % 13 % 12 %
    Total interest-bearing deposits   691,903     638,855     591,270       53,048   8 %   100,633   17 %   64 % 62 % 60 %
    Non-interest bearing demand   382,743     375,876     404,486       6,867   2 %   (21,743 ) -5 %   36 % 38 % 40 %
    Total deposits $ 1,074,646   $ 1,014,731   $ 995,756     $ 59,915   6 % $ 78,890   8 %   100 % 100 % 100 %
                                       
    Insured Deposits $ 630,940   $ 629,600   $ 645,784     $ 1,340   0 % $ (385,920 ) -60 %   59 % 62 % 65 %
    Collateralized Deposits   183,842     131,327     127,733       52,515   40 %   56,109   44 %   17 % 13 % 13 %
    Uninsured Deposits   259,864     253,804     222,239       6,060   2 %   408,701   184 %   24 % 25 % 22 %
    Total Deposits $ 1,074,646   $ 1,014,731   $ 995,756     $ 59,915   6 % $ 78,890   8 %   100 % 100 % 100 %
                                       
    Consumer Deposits $ 472,839   $ 466,826   $ 470,442     $ 6,013   1 % $ 2,397   1 %   44 % 46 % 47 %
    Business Deposits   407,974     406,308     387,917       1,666   0 %   20,057   5 %   38 % 40 % 39 %
    Public Deposits   193,833     141,597     137,397       52,236   37 %   56,436   41 %   18 % 14 % 14 %
    Total Deposits $ 1,074,646   $ 1,014,731   $ 995,756     $ 59,915   6 % $ 78,890   8 %   100 % 100 % 100 %
    NET INTEREST MARGIN (unaudited) Quarter Ended   Change From
     
    ($ in 000s)                          
        Mar 31,   Dec 31,   Mar 31,     Dec 31, 2024   Mar 31, 2024
        2025   2024   2024     $ %   $ %
                               
    Average Interest Bearing Balances                        
    Portfolio loans $ 701,071   $ 703,811   $ 688,918     $ (2,740 ) 0 % $ 12,153   2 %
    Loans held for sale $   $ 1,033   $ 595     $ (1,033 ) -100 % $ (595 ) -100 %
    Investment securities $ 305,074   $ 302,501   $ 292,375     $ 2,573   1 % $ 12,699   4 %
    Interest earning cash $ 110,007   $ 78,296   $ 68,873     $ 31,711   41 % $ 41,134   60 %
    Total interest-earning assets $ 1,116,152   $ 1,085,641   $ 1,050,761     $ 30,511   3 % $ 65,391   6 %
    Non-interest bearing deposits $ 378,470   $ 388,227   $ 395,004     $ (9,757 ) -3 % $ (16,534 ) -4 %
    Interest-bearing deposits $ 675,122   $ 628,475   $ 590,410     $ 46,647   7 % $ 84,712   14 %
    Total Deposits $ 1,053,592   $ 1,016,702   $ 985,414     $ 36,890   4 % $ 68,178   7 %
    Borrowings $ 13,403   $ 13,403   $ 13,403     $   0 % $   0 %
    Total interest-bearing liabilities $ 688,525   $ 641,878   $ 603,813     $ 46,647   7 % $ 84,712   14 %
                               
    Yield / Cost $(1)                          
    Portfolio loans $ 10,316   $ 10,336   $ 10,233     $ (20 ) 0 % $ 83   1 %
    Loans held for sale $   $ 16   $ 5     $ (16 ) -100 % $ (5 ) -100 %
    Investment securities $ 2,710   $ 2,622   $ 2,507     $ 88   3 % $ 203   8 %
    Interest-bearing cash $ 1,208   $ 942   $ 935     $ 266   28 % $ 273   29 %
    Total interest-earning assets $ 14,234   $ 13,916   $ 13,680     $ 318   2 % $ 554   4 %
    Interest-bearing deposits $ 2,694   $ 2,796   $ 1,991     $ (102 ) -4 % $ 703   35 %
    Borrowings $ 206   $ 225   $ 242     $ (19 ) -8 % $ (36 ) -15 %
    Total interest-bearing liabilities $ 2,900   $ 3,021   $ 2,233     $ (121 ) -4 % $ 667   30 %
    Net interest income $ 11,334   $ 10,895   $ 11,447     $ 439   4 % $ (113 ) -1 %
                               
    Yield / Cost %(1)                          
    Yield on portfolio loans   5.97 %   5.84 %   5.97 %     0.13 %     0.00 %  
    Yield on investment securities   3.60 %   3.45 %   3.45 %     0.15 %     0.15 %  
    Yield on interest-bearing cash   4.45 %   4.79 %   5.45 %     -0.34 %     -1.00 %  
    Cost of interest-bearing deposits   1.62 %   1.77 %   1.36 %     -0.15 %     0.26 %  
    Cost of borrowings   6.23 %   6.68 %   7.26 %     -0.45 %     -1.03 %  
    Cost of deposits and borrowings   1.10 %   1.17 %   0.90 %     -0.07 %     0.20 %  
                               
    Yield on interest-earning assets   5.17 %   5.10 %   5.24 %     0.07 %     -0.07 %  
    Cost of interest-bearing liabilities   1.71 %   1.87 %   1.49 %     -0.16 %     0.22 %  
    Net interest spread   3.46 %   3.23 %   3.75 %     0.23 %     -0.29 %  
    Net interest margin   4.12 %   3.99 %   4.38 %     0.13 %     -0.26 %  
                               
    (1) Tax-exempt income has been adjusted to a tax equivalent basis at a rate of 21%.      
                               
                               
    ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (ACL) (unaudited) Quarter Ended   Change From
     
    ($ in 000s)                          
        Mar 31,   Dec 31,   Mar 31,     Dec 31, 2024   Mar 31, 2024
        2025   2024   2024     $ %   $ %
    Allowance for Credit Losses                          
    Beginning of period balance $ 8,851   $ 8,897   $ 8,530     $ (46 ) -1 % $ 321   4 %
    Impact of CECL Adoption (ASC 326)                   -100 %     -100 %
    Charge-offs   (75 )   (32 )   (35 )     (43 ) 134 %   (40 ) 114 %
    Recoveries       105     2       (105 ) -100 %   (2 ) -100 %
    Net (charge-off) recovery   (75 )   73     (33 )     (148 ) -203 %   (42 ) 127 %
    Provision (recapture)   114     (119 )   83       233   -196 %   31   37 %
    End of period balance $ 8,890   $ 8,851   $ 8,580     $ 39   0 % $ 310   4 %
                               
    Net charge-off (recovery) to                          
    average portfolio loans   0.04 %   -0.04 %   0.02 %     0.08 %     0.02 %  
    ACL to portfolio loans   1.26 %   1.26 %   1.24 %     0.00 %     0.02 %  
                               
    Allowance for unfunded loans                          
    Beginning of period balance $ 540   $ 524   $ 698     $ 16   3 % $ (158 ) -23 %
    Impact of CECL Adoption (ASC 326)                   -100 %     -100 %
    Provision (recapture)   (31 )   16     (50 )     (47 ) -294 %   19   -38 %
    End of period balance $ 509   $ 540   $ 648     $ (31 ) -6 % $ (139 ) -21 %

    ABOUT PACIFIC FINANCIAL CORPORATION

    Pacific Financial Corporation of Aberdeen, Washington, is the bank holding company for Bank of the Pacific, a state chartered and federally insured commercial bank. Bank of the Pacific offers banking products and services to small-to-medium sized businesses and professionals in western Washington and Oregon. At March 31, 2025, the Company had total assets of $1.22 billion and operated fifteen branches in the communities of Grays Harbor, Pacific, Thurston, Whatcom, Skagit, Clark and Wahkiakum counties in the State of Washington, and three branches in the communities of Clatsop and Clackamas counties in Oregon. The Company also operated loan production offices in the communities of Burlington, Washington and Salem, Oregon. Visit the Company’s website at www.bankofthepacific.com. Member FDIC.

    Cautions Concerning Forward-Looking Statements
    This press release contains statements that constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and other laws, including all statements in this release that are not historical facts or that relate to future plans or events or projected results of Pacific Financial Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Bank of the Pacific. Such statements are based on information available at the time of communication and are based on current beliefs and expectations of the Company’s management and are subject to risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control, which could cause actual events or results to differ materially from those projected, anticipated or implied, and could negatively impact the Company’s operating and stock price performance. These risks and uncertainties include various risks associated with growing the Bank and expanding the services it provides, development of new business lines and markets, competition in the marketplace, general economic conditions, changes in interest rates, extensive and evolving regulation of the banking industry, and many other risks. Any forward-looking statements in this communication are based on information at the time the statement is made. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement. Readers of this release are cautioned not to put undue reliance on forward-looking statements.

    Contacts:
      Denise Portmann, President & CEO
      Carla Tucker, EVP & CFO
      360.533.8873

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Preferred Bank Reports First Quarter Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    LOS ANGELES, April 25, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Preferred Bank (NASDAQ: PFBC), one of the larger independent California banks, today reported results for the quarter ended March 31, 2025. Preferred Bank (“the Bank”) reported net income of $30.0 million or $2.23 per diluted share for the first quarter of 2025. This represents a small decrease in net income of $197,000 from the prior quarter and a decrease of $3.4 million from the same quarter last year. The decrease compared to both periods was mainly due to a decrease in net interest income. In the first quarter of 2025, the incremental impact to interest income from loans placed on nonaccrual status was approximately $2.8 million. In addition, a property securing one of our loans was damaged in the Palisades fire in January and as a result, the Bank has reversed out the $208,000 interest receivable on this loan although we expect to recoup this amount after the property is sold. In addition to a lowering of overall interest rates, these were the main factors in the decrease in net interest income.

    Net interest income was $62.7 million, a decrease of $6.5 million from the previous quarter and a decrease of $5.8 million compared to the same quarter last year. Noninterest income was $4.0 million, an increase of $361,000 over the prior quarter and an increase of $933,000 over the same quarter last year. Noninterest expense was $23.4 million, a decrease of $4.9 million from the previous quarter and an increase of $3.3 million over the same quarter last year.

    Highlights for the Quarter:

    • Return on average assets was 1.76%
    • Return on beginning equity of 15.96%
    • Total deposits increased by $155.9 million or 2.6%, linked quarter
    • Efficiency ratio was 35.1%

    Li Yu, Chairman and CEO, commented, “Preferred Bank’s net income for the first quarter, 2025 was $30.0 million or $2.23 per fully diluted share. This quarter, there was an outsized impact to interest income of approximately $2.8 million on nonaccrual loans. We have also written down the value of our one OREO property by $1.3 million.

    Non-accrual loans totaled $78.9 million as of March 31, 2025 and are mostly comprised of two loans totaling $65.6 million. These two loans are well-secured, and we do not anticipate any losses associated with these two credits. Overall criticized loans have decreased to $129.2 million from $158.2 million at year-end. There were very few new migrations into the criticized loan category.

    The large interest reversal of $2.8 million significantly affected the reported net interest margin, which was 3.75% for the quarter. Without that, the margin would have been much closer to the 4.06% reported in the fourth quarter of 2024. Deposit growth for the quarter was $155.9 million or 2.6% on a linked quarter basis. However, total loans reduced slightly from December 31, 2024. We do not feel there will be material changes in the loan demand in the near future under the shadow of the import tariff uncertainty.

    The import tariff impositions and threats are truly unprecedented. At this time, we are still completely uncertain as to the size of the tariffs and which countries will ultimately be tariffed. In short, every American’s economic well-being will likely be impacted. Even if an agreement can be reached within the “90 days”, there seems to be no certainty that the issue will be completely resolved and this uncertainty may persist for a year or possibly more. We at Preferred Bank will stay alert and constantly monitoring our activities.

    As a starting point, we have began a “deep-dive” within our relatively small “trade finance” portfolio and will continue to widen the scope of our credit monitoring activities related to trade.”

    Results of Operations

    Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin. Net interest income before provision for credit losses was $62.7 million for the first quarter of 2025. This represents a $6.5 million decrease from the $69.2 million recorded in the prior quarter and a $5.8 million decrease from the same quarter last year. The decrease compared to both comparable quarters was primarily due to the reversal of interest income of $2.8 million associated with the nonaccrual loans. In addition, there was a property in the Palisades fire that secured a construction loan financed by the Bank. As part of that restructuring, the Bank elected to reverse $208,000 out of interest income that had accrued on that loan. Interest expense decreased compared to both comparable periods despite growth in deposits during the quarter. The Bank’s net interest margin came in at 3.75% for the quarter, this is down from the 4.06% recorded last quarter and from the 4.19% margin achieved in the first quarter of the prior year. The loan interest reversals played a major role in the decrease of the net interest margin in the first quarter. Management believes that efforts to reduce the Bank’s deposit costs have been largely effective as evidenced by the decreases in interest expense.

    Noninterest Income. For the first quarter of 2025, noninterest income was $4.0 million compared with $3.1 million for the same quarter last year and compared to $3.6 million for the fourth quarter of 2024. The increase over the prior quarter was primarily due to letter of credit (LC) fee income which was up by $268,000 and gains on sales of SBA loans which increased by $163,000. In comparing to the same quarter last year, fee income was down but LC fee income increased by $741,000 and gains on sales of SBA loans increased by $172,000.

    Noninterest Expense. Total noninterest expense was $23.4 million for the first quarter of 2025 compared to $28.2 million for the fourth quarter of 2024 and compared to the $20.0 million recorded in the same period last year. The primary reason for the decrease over the prior quarter was the $8.1 million occupancy expense adjustment recorded in the fourth quarter of 2024. This was related to accounting pronouncement ASC 842, accounting for leases. Partially offsetting that was an increase in personnel expense of $1.6 million and an increase in OREO expense of $1.4 million. In the first quarter of 2025, the Bank recorded a valuation charge of $1.3 million related to the OREO property in Santa Barbara. In comparing to the same quarter last year; personnel expense was up by $939,000, occupancy expense was up by $583,000 and OREO expense was up by $1.4 million due to the aforementioned OREO valuation charge recorded in the first quarter of 2025. Salary expense increased over the same quarter last year due mainly to an increase in personnel and merit increases. The increase in personnel expense over the prior quarter was primarily due to employer paid taxes as during the first quarter, incentive compensation is paid out to employees.

    Income Taxes. The Bank recorded a provision for income taxes of $12.6 million for the first quarter of 2025. This represents an effective tax rate (“ETR”) of 29.5% which is up from the 29.0% ETR for last quarter and up from the 29.0% ETR recorded in the same period last year. The Bank’s ETR will fluctuate slightly from quarter to quarter within a fairly small range due to the timing of taxable events throughout the year.

    Balance Sheet Summary

    Total gross loans at March 31, 2025 were $5.63 billion, a decrease of $6.2 million from the total of $5.64 billion as of December 31, 2024. Total deposits were $6.07 billion, an increase of $155.9 million from the $5.92 billion as of December 31, 2024. Total assets were $7.1 billion, an increase of $176.7 million over the total of $6.92 billion as of December 31, 2024.

    Asset Quality

    Non-accrual loans and loans 90 days past due and still accruing totaled $78.9 million as of March 31, 2025. The bulk of the nonaccrual loans comprised of two loans totaling $65.6 million. One of the loans is a multi-family loan which is well-secured and the other loan is now vacant, entitled land in a prime area of Orange County. Again, this loan is also well-secured. The loans were part of the same relationship and one is now working its way through the bankruptcy court while the other loan is in the process of being sold, at par. Management is confident that there will be no loss associated with these two loans. Total net charge-offs (recoveries) for the quarter were ($97,000) compared to net charge-offs of $6.6 million in the prior quarter. In addition to that, the Bank wrote down the value of its OREO property in Santa Barbara by $1.34 million, reflecting the proposed net proceeds of the most recent sales contract that the Bank was involved in, which sale did not materialize.

    Total criticized loans decreased to $129.2 million from $158.1 million reported in the prior quarter.

    Allowance for Credit Losses

    The provision for credit losses for the first quarter of 2025 was $700,000 compared to $2.0 million last quarter and compared to $4.4 million in the same quarter last year. The Bank’s allowance coverage ratio increased to 1.28% of loans as compared to 1.27% in the prior quarter.

    Capitalization

    As of March 31, 2025, the Bank’s tangible capital ratio was 10.96%, the leverage ratio was 11.52%, the common equity tier 1 capital ratio was 11.86% and the total capital ratio stood at 15.15%. As of December 31, 2024, the Bank’s tangible capital ratio was 11.02%, the Bank’s leverage ratio was 11.33%, the common equity tier 1 ratio was 11.80% and the total capital ratio was 15.11%.

    Conference Call and Webcast

    A conference call with simultaneous webcast to discuss Preferred Bank’s first quarter 2025 financial results will be held this afternoon April 25, 2025 at 2:00 p.m. Eastern / 11:00 a.m. Pacific. Interested participants and investors may access the conference call by dialing 844-826-3037 (domestic) or 412-317-5182 (international) and referencing “Preferred Bank.” There will also be a live webcast of the call available at the Investor Relations section of Preferred Bank’s website at www.preferredbank.com.

    Preferred Bank’s Chairman and CEO Li Yu, President and Chief Operating Officer Wellington Chen, Chief Financial Officer Edward J. Czajka, Chief Credit Officer Nick Pi and Deputy Chief Operating Officer Johnny Hsu will discuss Preferred Bank’s financial results, business highlights and outlook. After the live webcast, a replay will be available at the Investor Relations section of Preferred Bank’s website. A replay of the call will also be available at 877-344-7529 (domestic) or 412-317-0088 (international) through May 2, 2025; the passcode is 8939265.

    About Preferred Bank

    Preferred Bank is one of the larger independent commercial banks headquartered in California. The Bank is chartered by the State of California, and its deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or FDIC, to the maximum extent permitted by law. The Bank conducts its banking business from its main office in Los Angeles, California, and through twelve full-service branch banking offices in California (Alhambra, Century City, City of Industry, Torrance, Arcadia, Irvine (2), Diamond Bar, Pico Rivera, Tarzana and San Francisco (2)), two branches in New York (Manhattan and Flushing, Queens) and a branch office in the Houston, Texas suburb of Sugar Land. In addition, the Bank also operates a loan production office in Sunnyvale, California. Preferred Bank offers a broad range of deposit and loan products and services to both commercial and consumer customers. The Bank provides personalized deposit services as well as real estate finance, commercial loans and trade finance to small and mid-sized businesses, entrepreneurs, real estate developers, professionals and high net worth individuals. Although originally founded as a Chinese-American Bank, Preferred Bank now derives most of its customers from the diversified mainstream market but does continue to benefit from the significant migration to California of ethnic Chinese from China and other areas of East Asia.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This press release contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements include, but are not limited to, statements about the Bank’s future financial and operating results, the Bank’s plans, objectives, expectations and intentions and other statements that are not historical facts. Such statements are based upon the current beliefs and expectations of the Bank’s management and are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ from those set forth in the forward-looking statements. The following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ from those set forth in the forward-looking statements: changes in economic conditions; changes in the California real estate market; the loss of senior management and other employees; natural disasters or recurring energy
    shortage; changes in interest rates; competition from other financial services companies; ineffective underwriting practices; inadequate allowance for loan and lease losses to cover actual losses; risks inherent in construction lending; adverse economic conditions in Asia; downturn in international trade; inability to attract deposits; inability to raise additional capital when needed or on favorable terms; inability to manage growth; inadequate communications, information, operating and financial control systems, technology from fourth party service providers; the U.S. government’s monetary policies; government regulation; environmental liability with respect to properties to which the bank takes title; and the threat of terrorism. Additional factors that could cause the Bank’s results to differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements can be found in the Bank’s 2024 Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation which can be found on Preferred Bank’s website. The forward-looking statements in this press release speak only as of the date of the press release, and the Bank assumes no obligation to update the forward-looking statements or to update the reasons why actual results could differ from those contained in the forward-looking statements. For additional information about Preferred Bank, please visit the Bank’s website at www.preferredbank.com.

    AT THE COMPANY: AT FINANCIAL PROFILES:
    Edward J. Czajka  Jeffrey Haas
    Executive Vice President General Information
    Chief Financial Officer (310) 622-8240
    (213) 891-1188 PFBC@finprofiles.com
       
       

    Financial Tables to Follow

     
    PREFERRED BANK
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
    (unaudited)
    (in thousands, except for net income per share and shares)
               
               
      For the Quarter Ended
      March 31,   December 31,   March 31,
        2025       2024       2024  
    Interest income:          
    Loans, including fees $ 101,491     $ 111,596     $ 109,980  
    Investment securities   12,810       14,013       16,257  
    Fed funds sold   228       249       283  
     Total interest income   114,529       125,858       126,520  
               
    Interest expense:          
    Interest-bearing demand   16,590       18,245       22,290  
    Savings   69       85       75  
    Time certificates   33,887       37,030       34,330  
    Subordinated debt   1,325       1,325       1,325  
     Total interest expense   51,871       56,685       58,020  
     Net interest income   62,658       69,173       68,500  
    Provision for credit losses   700       2,000       4,400  
     Net interest income after provision for credit losses   61,958       67,173       64,100  
               
    Noninterest income:          
    Fees & service charges on deposit accounts   716       761       845  
    Letters of credit fee income   2,244       1,977       1,503  
    BOLI income   103       102       105  
    Net gain on sale of loans   275       112       103  
    Other income   660       685       509  
     Total noninterest income   3,998       3,637       3,065  
               
    Noninterest expense:          
    Salary and employee benefits   14,839       13,279       13,900  
    Net occupancy expense   2,294       10,110       1,711  
    Business development and promotion expense   462       340       266  
    Professional services   1,651       1,606       1,457  
    Office supplies and equipment expense   386       396       473  
    OREO valuation allowance and related expense   1,531       155       135  
    Other   2,206       2,360       2,086  
     Total noninterest expense   23,369       28,246       20,028  
     Income before provision for income taxes   42,587       42,564       47,137  
    Income tax expense   12,563       12,343       13,671  
     Net income $ 30,024     $ 30,221     $ 33,466  
               
    Income per share available to common shareholders          
     Basic $ 2.27     $ 2.29     $ 2.48  
     Diluted $ 2.23     $ 2.25     $ 2.44  
               
    Weighted-average common shares outstanding          
     Basic   13,226,582       13,190,696       13,508,878  
     Diluted   13,453,176       13,442,294       13,736,986  
               
    Cash dividends per common share $ 0.75     $ 0.75     $ 0.70  
               
    PREFERRED BANK
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
    (unaudited)
    (in thousands)
           
           
      March 31,   December 31,
        2025       2024  
      (Unaudited)   (Audited)
    Assets      
    Cash and due from banks $ 905,183     $ 765,515  
    Fed funds sold   20,000       20,000  
    Cash and cash equivalents   925,183       785,515  
           
    Securities held-to-maturity, at amortized cost   19,745       20,021  
    Securities available-for-sale, at fair value   390,096       348,706  
           
    Loans held for sale, at lower of cost or fair value         2,214  
           
    Loans   5,634,413       5,640,615  
    Less allowance for credit losses   (72,274 )     (71,477 )
    Less amortized deferred loan fees, net   (9,652 )     (9,234 )
    Loans, net   5,552,487       5,559,904  
           
    Other real estate owned and repossessed assets   13,650       14,991  
    Bank furniture and fixtures, net   8,276       8,462  
    Bank-owned life insurance   10,502       10,433  
    Accrued interest receivable   31,775       33,561  
    Investment in affordable housing partnerships   63,612       58,346  
    Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost   15,000       15,000  
    Deferred tax assets   46,280       47,402  
    Income tax receivable         2,195  
    Operating lease right-of-use assets   20,281       13,182  
    Other assets   3,205       3,497  
    Total assets $ 7,100,092     $ 6,923,429  
           
    Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity      
    Deposits:      
    Noninterest bearing demand deposits $ 730,270     $ 704,859  
    Interest bearing deposits:   2,099,987       2,026,965  
    Savings   32,631       30,150  
    Time certificates of $250,000 or more   1,531,715       1,477,931  
    Other time certificates   1,678,132       1,676,943  
    Total deposits   6,072,735       5,916,848  
           
    Subordinated debt issuance, net   148,529       148,469  
    Commitments to fund investment in affordable housing partnerships   20,956       21,623  
    Operating lease liabilities   24,021       16,990  
    Accrued interest payable   14,634       16,517  
    Other liabilities   40,613       39,830  
    Total liabilities   6,321,488       6,160,277  
           
    Shareholders’ equity   778,604       763,152  
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 7,100,092     $ 6,923,429  
           
    Book value per common share $ 59.30     $ 57.86  
    Number of common shares outstanding   13,130,296       13,188,776  
    PREFERRED BANK
    Selected Consolidated Financial Information
    (unaudited)
    (in thousands, except for ratios)
               
               
      For the Quarter Ended
      March 31, December 31, September 30, June 30, March 31,
       2025   2024   2024   2024   2024 
    Unaudited historical quarterly operations data:          
    Interest income $ 114,529   $ 125,858   $ 129,424   $ 127,294   $ 126,520  
    Interest expense   51,871     56,685     60,576     61,187     58,020  
     Interest income before provision for credit losses   62,658     69,173     68,848     66,107     68,500  
    Provision for credit losses   700     2,000     3,200     2,500     4,400  
    Noninterest income   3,998     3,637     3,459     3,404     3,065  
    Noninterest expense   23,369     28,246     22,089     19,697     20,028  
    Income tax expense   12,563     12,343     13,635     13,722     13,671  
     Net income $ 30,024   $ 30,221   $ 33,383   $ 33,592   $ 33,466  
               
    Earnings per share          
     Basic $ 2.27   $ 2.29   $ 2.50   $ 2.51   $ 2.48  
     Diluted $ 2.23   $ 2.25   $ 2.46   $ 2.48   $ 2.44  
               
    Ratios for the period:          
    Return on average assets   1.76 %   1.74 %   1.95 %   1.97 %   2.00 %
    Return on beginning equity   15.96 %   16.03 %   18.37 %   19.31 %   19.36 %
    Net interest margin (Fully-taxable equivalent)   3.75 %   4.06 %   4.10 %   3.96 %   4.19 %
    Noninterest expense to average assets   1.37 %   1.62 %   1.29 %   1.15 %   1.20 %
    Efficiency ratio   35.06 %   38.79 %   30.55 %   28.34 %   27.99 %
    Net (recoveries) charge-offs to average loans (annualized)   -0.01 %   0.47 %   -0.00 %   0.68 %   0.26 %
               
    Ratios as of period end:          
    Tangible common equity ratio   10.96 %   11.02 %   10.92 %   10.55 %   10.35 %
    Tier 1 leverage capital ratio   11.52 %   11.33 %   11.28 %   10.89 %   10.80 %
    Common equity tier 1 risk-based capital ratio   11.86 %   11.80 %   11.66 %   11.52 %   11.50 %
    Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio   11.86 %   11.80 %   11.66 %   11.52 %   11.50 %
    Total risk-based capital ratio   15.15 %   15.11 %   15.06 %   14.93 %   15.08 %
    Allowances for credit losses to loans at end of period   1.28 %   1.27 %   1.36 %   1.34 %   1.49 %
    Allowance for credit losses to non-performing loans 0.91 x 1.89 x   3.92 x   1.79 x   4.33 x
               
    Average balances:          
    Total securities $ 402,754   $ 350,732   $ 356,590   $ 353,357   $ 348,961  
    Total loans   5,555,010     5,542,558     5,458,613     5,320,360     5,263,562  
    Total earning assets   6,780,438     6,788,487     6,684,766     6,728,498     6,585,853  
    Total assets   6,905,249     6,920,325     6,817,979     6,863,829     6,718,018  
    Total time certificate of deposits   3,164,766     3,144,523     2,874,985     2,884,259     2,852,860  
    Total interest bearing deposits   5,244,243     5,220,655     5,124,245     5,203,034     5,004,834  
    Total deposits   5,886,163     5,905,127     5,828,227     5,901,976     5,761,488  
    Total interest bearing liabilities   5,392,735     5,369,092     5,272,617     5,351,347     5,153,089  
    Total equity   779,339     760,345     747,222     715,190     704,996  
               
    PREFERRED BANK
    Selected Consolidated Financial Information
    (unaudited)
    (in thousands, except for ratios)
                             
                             
            As of
            March 31,   December 31,   September 30, June 30,   March 31,
            2025   2024   2024   2024   2024
    Unaudited quarterly statement of financial position data:                  
    Assets:                  
      Cash and cash equivalents $ 925,183     $ 785,515     $ 804,994     $ 917,677     $ 936,600  
      Securities held-to-maturity, at amortized cost   19,745       20,021       20,311       20,605       20,904  
      Securities available-for-sale, at fair value   390,096       348,706       337,363       331,909       333,411  
      Loans:                  
        Real estate – Mortgage:                  
          Real estate—Residential $ 779,462     $ 790,069     $ 753,453     $ 732,251     $ 724,101  
          Real estate—Commercial   2,897,956       2,840,771       2,882,506       2,833,430       2,777,608  
          Total Real Estate – Mortgage   3,677,418       3,630,840       3,635,959       3,565,681       3,501,709  
        Real estate – Construction:                  
          R/E Construction — Residential   306,283       296,580       274,214       238,062       236,596  
          R/E Construction — Commercial   269,065       287,185       290,308       247,582       213,727  
          Total real estate construction loans   575,348       583,765       564,522       485,644       450,323  
        Commercial and industrial   1,374,379       1,418,930       1,365,550       1,371,694       1,369,529  
        SBA   7,104       6,833       5,424       5,463       3,914  
        Consumer and others   164       247       124       118       379  
          Gross loans   5,634,413       5,640,615       5,571,579       5,428,600       5,325,854  
      Allowance for credit losses on loans   (72,274 )     (71,477 )     (76,051 )     (72,848 )     (79,311 )
      Net deferred loan fees   (9,652 )     (9,234 )     (10,414 )     (10,502 )     (10,460 )
        Net loans, excluding loans held for sale $ 5,552,487     $ 5,559,904     $ 5,485,114     $ 5,345,250     $ 5,236,083  
      Loans held for sale $     $ 2,214     $ 225     $ 955     $ 605  
        Net loans $ 5,552,487     $ 5,562,118     $ 5,485,339     $ 5,346,205     $ 5,236,688  
                             
      Other real estate owned and repossessed assets $ 13,650     $ 14,991     $ 15,082     $ 16,716     $ 16,716  
      Investment in affordable housing partnerships   63,612       58,346       58,009       60,432       62,854  
      Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost   15,000       15,000       15,000       15,000       15,000  
      Other assets   120,319       118,732       136,246       138,036       134,040  
        Total assets $ 7,100,092     $ 6,923,429     $ 6,872,344     $ 6,846,580     $ 6,756,213  
                             
    Liabilities:                  
      Deposits:                  
        Demand $ 730,270     $ 704,859     $ 682,859     $ 675,767     $ 709,767  
        Interest bearing demand   2,099,987       2,026,965       1,994,288       2,326,214       2,159,948  
        Savings   32,631       30,150       29,793       28,251       29,261  
        Time certificates of $250,000 or more   1,531,715       1,477,931       1,478,500       1,406,149       1,349,927  
        Other time certificates   1,678,132       1,676,943       1,682,324       1,442,381       1,552,805  
        Total deposits $ 6,072,735     $ 5,916,848     $ 5,867,764     $ 5,878,762     $ 5,801,708  
                             
      Subordinated debt issuance, net   148,529       148,469       148,410       148,351       148,292  
      Commitments to fund investment in affordable housing partnerships   20,956       21,623       23,617       27,946       29,647  
      Other liabilities   79,268       73,337       82,436       68,394       77,008  
        Total liabilities $ 6,321,488     $ 6,160,277     $ 6,122,227     $ 6,123,453     $ 6,056,655  
                             
    Equity:                    
      Net common stock, no par value $ 96,079     $ 105,501     $ 109,928     $ 113,509     $ 115,915  
      Retained earnings   705,360       685,108       664,808       640,675       616,417  
      Accumulated other comprehensive income   (22,835 )     (27,457 )     (24,619 )     (31,057 )     (32,774 )
        Total shareholders’ equity $ 778,604     $ 763,152     $ 750,117     $ 723,127     $ 699,558  
        Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 7,100,092     $ 6,923,429     $ 6,872,344     $ 6,846,580     $ 6,756,213  
                             
    PREFERRED BANK
    Quarter-to-Date Average Balances, Yield and Rates
    (Unaudited)
                               
                           
          Three months ended
    March 31,
      Three months ended
    December 31,
      Three months ended
    March 31,
           2025     2024     2024 
            Interest Average     Interest Average     Interest Average
          Average Income or Yield/   Average Income or Yield/   Average Income or Yield/
          Balance Expense Rate   Balance Expense Rate   Balance Expense Rate
    ASSETS (Dollars in thousands)
    Interest earning assets:                      
      Loans (1,2) $ 5,556,521   $ 101,491   7.41 %   $ 5,543,215   $ 111,596   8.01 %   $ 5,265,940   $ 109,980   8.40 %
      Investment securities (3)   402,754     4,093   4.12 %     350,732     3,566   4.04 %     348,961     3,430   3.95 %
      Federal funds sold   20,222     228   4.57 %     20,172     249   4.91 %     20,390     283   5.58 %
      Other earning assets   800,941     8,816   4.46 %     874,368     10,546   4.80 %     950,562     12,928   5.47 %
        Total interest earning assets   6,780,438     114,628   6.86 %     6,788,487     125,957   7.38 %     6,585,853     126,621   7.73 %
      Deferred loan fees, net   (9,189 )         (9,808 )         (10,694 )    
      Allowance for credit losses on loans   (71,550 )         (75,474 )         (78,349 )    
    Noninterest earning assets:                      
      Cash and due from banks   11,513           10,626           11,244      
      Bank furniture and fixtures   8,439           8,866           10,084      
      Right of use assets   15,201           28,570           22,003      
      Other assets   170,397           169,058           177,877      
        Total assets $ 6,905,249         $ 6,920,325         $ 6,718,018      
                               
    LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
    Interest bearing liabilities:                      
      Deposits:                      
        Interest bearing demand and savings $ 2,079,477   $ 16,659   3.25 %   $ 2,076,132   $ 18,330   3.51 %   $ 2,151,974   $ 22,365   4.18 %
        TCD $250K or more   1,482,324     15,640   4.28 %     1,481,219     17,514   4.70 %     1,341,298     16,501   4.95 %
        Other time certificates   1,682,442     18,247   4.40 %     1,663,304     19,516   4.67 %     1,511,562     17,829   4.74 %
        Total interest bearing deposits   5,244,243     50,546   3.91 %     5,220,655     55,360   4.22 %     5,004,834     56,695   4.56 %
    Short-term borrowings         0.00 %     3     0   3.31 %           0.00 %
    Subordinated debt, net   148,492     1,325   3.62 %     148,434     1,325   3.55 %     148,255     1,325   3.59 %
        Total interest bearing liabilities   5,392,735     51,871   3.90 %     5,369,092     56,685   4.20 %     5,153,089     58,020   4.53 %
    Noninterest bearing liabilities:                      
      Demand deposits   641,920           684,472           756,654      
      Lease liability   18,963           25,486           19,500      
      Other liabilities   72,292           80,930           83,779      
        Total liabilities   6,125,910           6,159,980           6,013,022      
    Shareholders’ equity   779,339           760,345           704,996      
        Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 6,905,249         $ 6,920,325         $ 6,718,018      
    Net interest income   $ 62,757         $ 69,272         $ 68,601    
    Net interest spread     2.96 %       3.18 %       3.20 %
    Net interest margin     3.75 %       4.06 %       4.19 %
                               
    Cost of Deposits:                      
      Noninterest bearing demand deposits $ 641,920         $ 684,472         $ 756,654      
      Interest bearing deposits   5,244,243     50,546   3.91 %     5,220,655     55,360   4.22 %     5,004,834     56,695   4.56 %
        Total Deposits $ 5,886,163   $ 50,546   3.48 %   $ 5,905,127   $ 55,360   3.73 %   $ 5,761,488   $ 56,695   3.96 %
                               
    (1) Includes non-accrual loans and loans held for sale                    
    (2) Net loan fee income of $865,000, $1.2 million, and $1.1 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024 and March 31, 2024, respectively, are included in the yield computations
    (3) Yields on securities have been adjusted to a tax-equivalent basis                  
    Preferred Bank
    Loan and Credit Quality Information
                 
    Allowance For Credit Losses History
            Quarter Ended   Year Ended
            March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
             (Dollars in 000’s)
    Allowance For Credit Losses      
    Balance at Beginning of Period $ 71,477     $ 78,355  
      Charge-Offs      
        Commercial & Industrial         19,028  
        Total Charge-Offs         19,028  
                 
      Recoveries      
        Commercial & Industrial   97       50  
        Total Recoveries   97       50  
                 
      Net (Recoveries) Charge-Offs   (97 )     18,978  
      Provision for Credit Losses:   700       12,100  
    Balance at End of Period $ 72,274     $ 71,477  
                 
    Average Loans Held for Investment $ 5,555,010     $ 5,396,844  
    Loans Held for Investment at End of Period $ 5,634,413     $ 5,640,615  
    Net (Recoveries) Charge-Offs to Average Loans   -0.01%     0.35%
    Allowances for Credit Losses to Loans at End of Period   1.28%     1.27%
                 

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI Europe: REPORT on a revamped long-term budget for the Union in a changing world – A10-0076/2025

    Source: European Parliament 2

    MOTION FOR A EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT RESOLUTION

    on a revamped long-term budget for the Union in a changing world

    (2024/2051(INI))

     

    The European Parliament,

     having regard to Articles 311, 312, 323 and 324 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union (TFEU),

     having regard to Council Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2020/2093 of 17 December 2020 laying down the multiannual financial framework for the years 2021 to 2027[1] and to the joint declarations agreed between Parliament, the Council and the Commission in this context and the related unilateral declarations,

     having regard to Council Decision (EU, Euratom) 2020/2053 of 14 December 2020 on the system of own resources of the European Union and repealing Decision 2014/335/EU, Euratom[2],

     having regard to the amended Commission proposal of 23 June 2023 for a Council decision amending Decision (EU, Euratom) 2020/2053 on the system of own resources of the European Union (COM(2023)0331),

     having regard to the Interinstitutional Agreement of 16 December 2020 between the European Parliament, the Council of the European Union and the European Commission on budgetary discipline, on cooperation in budgetary matters and on sound financial management, as well as on new own resources, including a roadmap towards the introduction of new own resources[3] (the IIA),

     having regard to Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2024/2509 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 September 2024 on the financial rules applicable to the general budget of the Union (recast)[4] (the Financial Regulation),

     having regard to Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2020/2092 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 December 2020 on a general regime of conditionality for the protection of the Union budget[5] (the Rule of Law Conditionality Regulation),

     having regard to its position of 27 February 2024 on the draft Council regulation amending Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2020/2093 laying down the multiannual financial framework for the years 2021 to 2027[6],

     having regard to its resolution of 10 May 2023 on own resources: a new start for EU finances, a new start for Europe[7],

     having regard to its resolution of 15 December 2022 on upscaling the 2021-2027 multiannual financial framework: a resilient EU budget fit for new challenges[8],

     having regard to its position of 16 December 2020 on the draft Council regulation laying down the multiannual financial framework for the years 2021 to 2027[9],

     having regard to the Interinstitutional Proclamation on the European Pillar of Social Rights of 13 December 2017[10] and to the Commission Action Plan of 4 March 2021 on the implementation of the European Pillar of Social Rights (COM(2021)0102),

     having regard to the Agreement adopted at the 15th Conference of the Parties to the Convention on Biological Diversity (COP 15) in Montreal on 19 December 2022 (Kunming-Montreal Global Biodiversity Framework),

     having regard to the Agreement adopted at the 21st Conference of the Parties to the UNFCCC (COP 21) in Paris on 12 December 2015 (the Paris Agreement),

     having regard to the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals,

     having regard to the report of 30 October 2024 by Sauli Niinistö entitled ‘Safer together – strengthening Europe’s civilian and military preparedness and readiness’ (the Niinistö report),

     having regard to the report of 9 September 2024 by Mario Draghi entitled ‘The future of European competitiveness’ (the Draghi report),

     having regard to the report of 4 September 2024 of the Strategic Dialogue on the Future of EU Agriculture entitled ‘A shared prospect for farming and food in Europe’,

     having regard to the report of 17 April 2024 by Enrico Letta entitled ‘Much more than a market – speed, security, solidarity: empowering the Single Market to deliver a sustainable future and prosperity for all EU Citizens’ (the Letta report),

     having regard to the report of 20 February 2024 of the High-Level Group on the Future of Cohesion Policy entitled ‘Forging a sustainable future together – cohesion for a competitive and inclusive Europe’,

     having regard to the Budapest Declaration on the New European Competitiveness Deal,

     having regard to the joint communication of 26 March 2025 entitled ‘European Preparedness Union Strategy’ (JOIN(2025)0130),

     having regard to the joint white paper of 19 March 2025 entitled ‘European Defence Readiness 2030’ (JOIN(2025)0120),

     having regard to the Commission communication of 7 March 2025 entitled ‘A Roadmap for Women’s Rights’ (COM(2025)0097),

     having regard to the Commission communication of 26 February 2025 entitled ‘The Clean Industrial Deal: a joint roadmap for competitiveness and decarbonisation’ (COM(2025)0085),

     having regard to the Commission communication of 19 February 2025 entitled ‘A Vision for Agriculture and Food’ (COM(2025)0075),

     having regard to the Commission communication of 11 February 2025 entitled ‘The road to the next multiannual financial framework’ (COM(2025)0046),

     having regard to the Commission communication of 29 January 2025 entitled ‘A Competitiveness Compass for the EU’ (COM(2025)0030),

     having regard to the Commission communication of 9 December 2021 entitled ‘Building an economy that works for people: an action plan for the social economy’ (COM(2021)0778),

     having regard to the European Council conclusions of 20 March 2025, 6 March 2025 and 19 December 2024,

     having regard to the political guidelines of 18 July 2024 for the next European Commission 2024-2029,

     having regard to the opinion of the Committee of the Regions of 20 November 2024 entitled ‘EU budget and place-based policies: proposals for new design and delivery mechanisms in the MFF post-2027’[11],

     having regard to Rule 55 of its Rules of Procedure,

     having regard to the opinions of the Committee on Foreign Affairs, the Committee on Development, the Committee on Budgetary Control, the Committee on Economic and Monetary Affairs, the Committee on Employment and Social Affairs, the Committee on the Environment, Climate and Food Safety, the Committee on Industry, Research and Energy, the Committee on Internal Market and Consumer Protection, the Committee on Transport and Tourism, the Committee on Regional Development, the Committee on Agriculture and Rural Development, the Committee on Culture and Education, the Committee on Civil Liberties, Justice and Home Affairs, the Committee on Constitutional Affairs, and the Committee on Women’s Rights and Gender Equality,

     having regard to the report of the Committee on Budgets (A10-0076/2025),

    A. whereas, under Article 311 TFEU, the Union is required to provide itself with the means necessary to attain its objectives and carry through its policies;

    B. whereas the Union budget is primarily an investment tool that can achieve economies of scale unattainable at Member State level and support European public goods, in particular through cross-border projects; whereas all spending through the Union budget must provide European added value and deliver discernible net benefits compared to spending at national or sub-national level, leading to real and lasting results;

    C. whereas spending through the Union budget, if effectively targeted, aligned with the Union’s political priorities and better coordinated with spending at national level, helps to avoid fragmentation in the single market, promote upwards convergence, decrease inequalities and boost the overall impact of public investment; whereas public investment is essential as a catalyst for private investment in sectors where the market alone cannot drive the required investment;

    D. whereas the NextGenerationEU recovery instrument (NGEU) established in the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic enabled significant additional investment capacity of EUR 750 billion in 2018 prices – beyond the Union budget, which amounts to 1.1 % of the EU-27’s gross national income (GNI) – prompting a swift recovery and return to growth and supporting the green and digital transitions; whereas NGEU will not be in place post-2027;

    E.  whereas in 2022 Member States spent an average of 1.4 % of gross domestic product (GDP) on State aid – significantly more than their contribution to the Union budget – with over half of the State aid unrelated to crises;

    F. whereas the Union budget, bolstered by NGEU and loans through the SURE scheme, has been instrumental in alleviating the economic and social impact of the COVID-19 crisis and in responding to the effects of Russia’s war of aggression against Ukraine; whereas the Union budget remains ill-equipped, in terms of size, structure and rules, to fully play its role in adjusting to evolving spending needs, addressing shocks and responding to crises and giving practical effect to the principle of solidarity, and to enable the Union to fulfil its objectives as established under the Treaties;

    G. whereas people rightly expect more from the Union and its budget, including the capacity to respond quickly and effectively to evolving needs and to provide them with the necessary support, especially in times of crisis;

    H. whereas, since the adoption of the current multiannual financial framework (MFF), the political, economic and social context has changed beyond recognition, compounding underlying structural challenges for the Union and leading to a substantial revision of the MFF in 2024;

    I. whereas the context in which the Commission will prepare its proposals for the post-2027 MFF is every bit as challenging, with the established global and geopolitical order changing quickly and radically, the return of large-scale warfare in the Union’s immediate neighbourhood, a highly challenging economic and social backdrop and the worsening climate and biodiversity crisis; whereas, as the Commission has made clear, the status quo is not an option and the Union budget will need to change accordingly;

    J. whereas the US administration has decided to retreat from the country’s post-war global role in guaranteeing peace and security, in leading on global governance in the rules-based, multilateral international order and in providing essential development and humanitarian aid to those most in need around the world; whereas the Union will therefore have to step up to fill part of the void the US appears set to leave, placing additional demands on the budget;

    K. whereas the Union has committed to take all the steps needed to achieve climate neutrality by 2050 at the latest and to protect nature and reverse biodiversity loss; whereas delivering on the policy framework put in place to achieve this objective will require substantial investment; whereas the Union budget will have to play a key role in providing and incentivising that investment;

    L. whereas, in order to compensate for the budget’s shortcomings, there have been numerous workaround solutions that make the budget more opaque, leaving the public in the dark about the real volume of Union spending, undermining the longer-term predictability of investment the budget is designed to provide and undercutting not only the principle of budget unity, but also Parliament’s role as a legislator and budgetary and discharge authority and in holding the executive to account;

    M. whereas the Union is founded on the values of respect for human dignity, freedom, democracy, equality, the rule of law and respect for human rights, including the rights of persons belonging to minorities; whereas breaches of those values undermine the cohesion of the Union, erode the rights of Union citizens and weaken mutual trust among Member States;

    1. Insists that, in a fast changing world where people rightly expect more from the Union and its budget and where the Union is confronted with a growing number of crises, the next MFF must be endowed with increased resources compared to the 2021-2027 period, moving away from the historically restrictive, self-imposed level of 1 % of GNI;

    2. Underscores that the next MFF must focus on financing European public goods with discernible added value compared to national spending; highlights the need for enhanced synergies and better coordination between Union and national spending; emphasises that spending will have to address major challenges, such as the return of large-scale warfare in the Union’s immediate neighbourhood, a highly challenging economic and social backdrop, a competitiveness gap and the worsening climate and biodiversity crisis;

    3. Considers that the ‘one national plan per Member State’ approach as envisaged by the Commission, with the Recovery and Resilience Facility model as a blueprint, cannot be the basis for shared management spending post-2027; underlines that the design of shared management spending under the next MFF must fully safeguard Parliament’s roles as legislator and budgetary and discharge authority and be designed and implemented through close collaboration with regional and local authorities and all relevant stakeholders;

    4. Calls for the next MFF to continue support for economic, social and territorial cohesion in order to help bind the Union together, deepen the single market, promote convergence and reduce inequality, poverty and social exclusion;

    5. Considers that the idea of an umbrella Competitiveness Fund merging existing programmes as envisaged by the Commission is not fit for purpose; stresses that the fund should instead be a new instrument taking advantage of a toolbox of funding based on lessons learned from InvestEU and the Innovation Fund and complementing existing, highly successful programmes;

    6. Stresses that, in particular in the light of the US’s retreat from its role as a global guarantor of peace and security, there is a clear need to progress towards a genuine Defence Union, with the next MFF supporting a comprehensive security approach through an increase in investment; stresses that defence spending cannot come at the expense of nor lead to a reduction in long-term investment in the economic, social and territorial cohesion of the Union;

    7. Calls for genuine simplification for final beneficiaries by avoiding programmes with overlapping objectives, diverging eligibility criteria and different rules governing horizontal provisions; underlines that simplification cannot mean more leeway for the Commission without the necessary checks and balances and must therefore be achieved with full respect for the institutional balance provided for in the Treaties;

    8. Insists on enhanced in-built crisis response capacity in the next MFF and sufficient margins under each heading; stresses that, alongside predictability for investment, spending programmes should retain a substantial in-built flexibility reserve, with allocation to specific policy objectives to be decided by the budgetary authority; underlines that flexibility for humanitarian aid should be ring-fenced; considers that the post-2027 MFF should include two special instruments – one dedicated to ensuring solidarity in the event of natural disasters and one for general-purpose crisis response;

    9. Underlines that compliance with Union values and fundamental rights is an essential pre-requisite to access EU funds; insists that the Union budget be protected against misuse, fraud and breaches of the principle of the rule of law and calls for a stronger link between the rule of law and the Union budget post-2027;

    10. Underlines that the repayment of NGEU borrowing must not endanger the financing of EU policies and priorities; stresses, therefore, that all costs related to borrowing backed by the Union budget or the budgetary headroom be treated distinctly from appropriations for EU programmes within the future MFF architecture;

    11. Calls on the Council to adopt new own resources as a matter of urgency in order to enable sustainable repayment of NGEU borrowing; stresses that new genuine own resources, beyond the IIA, are essential for the Union’s higher spending needs; considers that all instruments and tools should be explored in order to provide the Union with the necessary resources, and considers, in this respect, that joint borrowing presents a viable option to ensure that the Union has sufficient resources to respond to acute Union-wide crises, such as the ongoing crisis in the area of security and defence;

    12. Stands ready to work constructively with the Council and Commission to deliver a long-term budget that addresses the Union’s needs; highlights that the post-2027 MFF is being constructed in a far from ‘business as usual’ context and takes seriously its institutional role as enshrined in the Treaties; insists that it will only approve a long-term budget that is fit for purpose for the Union in a changing world and calls for swift adoption of the MFF to enable timely implementation of spending programmes from 1 January 2028;

    A long-term budget with a renewed spending focus

    13. Considers that, in view of the structural challenges facing the Union, the post-2027 MFF should adjust its spending focus to ensure that the Union can meet its strategic policy aims as detailed below;

     

    Competitiveness, strategic autonomy, social, economic and territorial cohesion and resilience

    14. Is convinced that boosting competitiveness, decarbonising the economy and enhancing the Union’s innovation capacity are central priorities for the post-2027 MFF and are vital to ensure long-term, sustainable and inclusive growth and a thriving, more resilient economy and society;

    15. Considers that the Union must develop a competitiveness framework in line with its own values and political aims and that competitiveness must foster not only economic growth, but also social, economic and territorial cohesion and environmental sustainability as underlined in both the Draghi and Letta reports;

    16. Underlines that, as spelt out in the Letta and Draghi reports, the European economy and social model are under intense strain, with the productivity, competitiveness and skills gap having knock-on effects on the quality of jobs and on living standards for Europeans already grappling with high housing, energy and food prices; is concerned that a lack of job opportunities and high costs of living increase the risk of a brain drain away from Europe;

    17. Points out that Draghi puts the annual investment gap with respect to innovation and infrastructure at EUR 750-800 billion per year between 2025 and 2030; underlines that the Union budget must play a vital role but it cannot cover that shortfall alone, and that the bulk of the effort will have to come from the private sector – points to the need to exploit synergies between public and private investment, in particular by simplifying and harmonising the EU investment architecture;

    18. Stresses that the Union budget must be carefully coordinated with national spending, so as to ensure complementarity, and must be designed such that it can de-risk, mobilise and leverage private investment effectively, enabling start-ups and SMEs to access funds more readily; calls, therefore, for programmes such as InvestEU, which ensures additionality and follows a market-based, demand-driven approach, to be significantly reinforced in the next MFF; considers that financial instruments and budgetary guarantees are an effective use of resources to achieve critical Union policy goals and calls for them to be further simplified;

    19. Insists that more must be done to maximise the potential of the role of the European Investment Bank (EIB) Group – together with other international and national financial institutions – in lending and de-risking in strategic policy areas, such as climate and, latterly, security and defence projects; calls for an increased risk appetite and ambition from the EIB Group to crowd in investment, based on a strong capital position, and for a reinforced investment partnership to ensure that every euro spent at Union level is used in the most effective manner;

    20. Emphasises that funding for research and innovation, including support for basic research, should be significantly increased, should be focused on the Union’s strategic priorities, should continue to be determined by the principle of excellence and should remain merit-based; considers that there should be sufficient resources across the MFF and at national level to fund all high-quality projects throughout the innovation cycle and to achieve the 3 % GDP target for research and development spending by 2030;

    21. Stresses that the next MFF, building on the current Connecting Europe Facility, should include much greater, directly managed funding for energy, transport and digital infrastructure, with priority given to cross-border connections and national links with European added value; considers that such infrastructure is an absolute precondition for a successful deepening of the single market and for increasing the Union’s resilience in a changing geopolitical order;

    22. Points out that a secure and robust space sector is critical for the Union’s autonomy and sovereignty and therefore needs sustained investment;

    23. Underlines that a more competitive, productive and socially inclusive economy helps to generate high-quality, well-paid jobs, thus enhancing people’s standard of living; emphasises that, through programmes such as the European Social Fund+ and Erasmus+, the Union budget can play an important role in supporting education and training systems, enhancing social inclusion, boosting workforce adaptability through reskilling and upskilling, and thus preparing people for employment in a modern economy;

    24. Insists that the Union budget should continue to support important economic and job-creating sectors where the Union is already a world leader, such as tourism and the cultural and creative sectors; underscores the need for dedicated funding for tourism, including to implement the EU Strategy for Sustainable Tourism, in the Union budget post-2027; points to the importance of Creative Europe in contributing to Europe’s diversity and competitiveness and in supporting vibrant societies;

    25. Stresses that, in order to compete with other major global players, the European economy must also become more competitive and resilient on the supply side by investing more in the Union’s open strategic autonomy through enhanced industrial policy and a focus on strategic sectors, resource-efficiency and critical technologies to reduce dependence on third countries;

    26. Considers that, in light of the above, the idea of an umbrella Competitiveness Fund merging existing programmes as envisaged by the Commission is not fit for purpose; stresses that the fund should instead be a new instrument taking advantage of a toolbox of funding based on lessons learned from InvestEU and the Innovation Fund; recalls that, under Article 182 TFEU, the Union is required to adopt a framework programme for research;

    27. Notes that, in the Commission communication on the competitiveness compass, the Commission argues that a new competitiveness coordination tool should be established in order to better align industrial and research policies and investment between EU and national level; notes that the proposed new tool is envisaged as part of a ‘new, lean steering mechanism’ designed ‘to reinforce the link between overall policy coordination and the EU budget’; insists that Parliament must play a full decision-making role in both mechanisms;

    28. Emphasises that food security is a vital component of strategic autonomy and that the next MFF must continue to support the competitiveness and resilience of the Union’s farming and fisheries sectors, including small-scale and young farmers and fishers, and help the sectors to better protect the climate and biodiversity, as well as the seas and oceans; highlights that a modern and simplified common agricultural policy is crucial for increasing productivity through technical progress, ensuring a fair standard of living for farmers, guaranteeing food security and the production of safe, high-quality and affordable food for Europeans, fostering generational renewal and ensuring the viability of rural areas;

    29. Points out that the farming sector is particularly vulnerable to inflationary shocks which affect farmers’ purchasing power; calls for adequate and predictable funding for the common agricultural policy in the next MFF;

    30. Recalls that social, economic and territorial cohesion is a cornerstone of European integration and is vital in binding the Union together and deepening the single market; reaffirms, in that respect, the importance of the convergence process; underlines that a modernised cohesion policy must follow a decentralised, place-based, multilevel governance approach and be built around the shared management and partnership principle, fully involving local and regional authorities and relevant stakeholders, ensuring that resources are directed where they are most needed to reduce regional disparities;

    31. Stresses that cohesion policy funding must tackle the key challenges the Union faces, such as demographic change and depopulation, and target the regions and people most in need; calls, furthermore, for enhanced access to EU funding for cities, regions and urban authorities;

    32. Recalls the importance of the social dimension of the European Union and of promoting the implementation of the European Pillar of Social Rights, its Action Plan and headline targets; emphasises that the Union budget should, therefore, play a pivotal role in reducing inequality, poverty and social exclusion, including by supporting children, families and vulnerable groups; recalls that around 20 million children in the Union are at risk of poverty and social exclusion; stresses that addressing child poverty across the Union requires appropriately funded, comprehensive and integrated measures, together with the efficient implementation of the European Child Guarantee at national level; emphasises that Parliament has consistently requested a dedicated budget within the ESF+ to support the Child Guarantee as a central pillar of the EU anti-poverty strategy;

    33. Highlights, in this regard, the EU-wide housing crisis affecting millions of families and young people; stresses the need for enhanced support for housing through the Union budget, in particular via cohesion policy, and through other funding sources, such as the EIB Group and national promotional banks; acknowledges that, while Union financing cannot solve the housing crisis alone, it can play a crucial role in financing urgent measures and complementing broader Union and national efforts to improve housing affordability and enhance energy efficiency of the housing stock;

    34. Points out that Russia’s war of aggression against Ukraine has had substantial economic and social consequences, in particular in Member States bordering Russia and Belarus; insists that the next MFF provide support to these regions;

    The green and digital transitions

    35. Highlights that the green and digital transitions are inextricably linked to competitiveness, the modernisation of the economy and the resilience of society and act as catalysts for a future-oriented and resource-efficient economy; insists therefore, that the post-2027 MFF must continue to support and to further accelerate the twin transitions;

    36. Recalls that the Union budget is an essential contributor to achieving climate neutrality by 2050, including through support for the 2030 and 2040 targets; underlines that the transition will require a decarbonisation of the economy, in particular through the deployment of clean technologies, improved energy and transport infrastructure and more energy-efficient housing; notes that the Commission estimates additional investment needs to achieve climate neutrality by 2050 at 1.5 % of GDP per year compared to the decade 2011-2020 and that, while the Union budget alone cannot cover the gap, it must remain a vital contributor; calls, therefore, for increased directly managed support for environment and biodiversity protection and climate action building on the current LIFE programme;

    37. Underlines that industry will be central in the transition to net zero and the establishment of the Energy Union, and that support will be needed in helping some industrial sectors and their workers to adapt; stresses the importance of a just transition that must leave no one behind, requiring, inter alia, investment in regions that are heavily fossil-fuel dependent and increased support for vulnerable households, in particular through the Just Transition Mechanism and the Social Climate Fund;

    38. Points to the profound technological shift under way, with technologies such as artificial intelligence and quantum both creating opportunities, in terms of the Union’s economic potential and global leadership and improvements to citizens’ lives, and posing reliability, ethical and sovereignty challenges; stresses that the next MFF must support research into, and the development and safe application of digital technologies and help people to hone the knowledge and skills they need to work with and use them;

    Security, defence and preparedness

    39. Recalls that peace and security are the foundation for the Union’s prosperity, social model and competitiveness, and a vital pillar of the Union’s geopolitical standing; stresses that the next MFF must support a comprehensive security approach by investing significantly more in safeguarding the Union against the myriad threats it faces;

    40. Underlines that, as the Niinistö report makes clear, multiple threats are combining to heighten instability and increase the Union’s vulnerability, chief among them the fragmenting global order, the security threat posed by Russia and Belarus, growing tensions globally, hostile international actors, the globalisation of criminal networks, hybrid campaigns – which include cyberattacks, foreign information manipulation, disinformation and interference and the instrumentalisation of migration – increasingly frequent and intense extreme weather events as a result of climate change, and health threats;

    41. Points out that the Union has played a vital role in achieving lasting peace on its territory and must continue to do so by adjusting to the reality of war on its doorstep and the need to vastly boost defence infrastructure, capabilities and readiness, including through the Union budget, going far beyond the current allocation of less than 2 % of the MFF;

    42. Notes that European defence capabilities suffer from decades of under-investment and that, according to the Commission, the defence spending gap currently stands at EUR 500 billion for the next decade; underlines that the Union budget alone cannot fill the gap, but has an important role to play, in conjunction with national budgets and with a focus on clear EU added value; considers that the Union budget and lending through the EIB Group can help incentivise investment in defence; stresses that defence spending must not come at the expense of social and environmental spending, nor must it lead to a reduction in funding for long-standing Union policies that have proved their worth over time;

    43. Underlines the merits of the defence programmes and instruments put in place during the current MFF, which have enhanced joint research, production and procurement in the field of defence, providing a valuable foundation on which to build further Union policy and investment;

    44. Emphasises that, given the geopolitical situation, there is a clear need to act and to progress towards a genuine Defence Union, in coordination with NATO and in full alignment with the neutrality commitments of individual Member States; concurs, in that regard, with the Commission’s analysis that the next MFF must provide a comprehensive and robust framework in support of EU defence;

    45. Underscores the importance of a competitive and resilient European defence technological and industrial base; considers that enhanced joint EU-level investment in defence in the next MFF backed up by a clear and transparent governance structure can help to avoid duplication, generate economies of scale, and thus significant savings for Member States, reduce fragmentation and ensure the interoperability of equipment and systems; underscores the importance of technology in modern defence systems and therefore of investing in research, cyber-defence and cybersecurity and in dual-use products; points to the need to direct support towards the defence industry within the Union, thus strengthening strategic autonomy, creating quality high-skilled jobs, driving innovation and creating cross-border opportunities for EU businesses, including SMEs;

    46. Points to the importance of increasing support in the budget for military mobility, which upgrades infrastructure for dual-use military and civilian purposes, enabling the large-scale movement of military equipment and personnel at short notice and thus contributing to the Union’s defence capabilities and collective security; highlights, in that regard, the importance of financing for the trans-European transport networks to enable their adaptation for dual-use purposes;

    47. Emphasises that the Union needs to ramp up funding for preparedness across the board; is alarmed by the growing impact of natural disasters, which are often the result of climate change and are therefore likely to occur with greater frequency and intensity in the future; points out that, according to the 2024 European Climate Risk Assessment Report, cumulated economic losses from natural disasters could reach about 1.4 % of Union GDP;

    48. Underlines, therefore, that, in addition to efforts to mitigate climate change through the green transition, significant investment is required to adapt to climate change, in particular to prevent and reduce the impact of natural disasters and severe weather events; considers that support for this purpose, such as through the current Union Civil Protection Mechanism, must be significantly increased in the next MFF and made available quickly to local and regional authorities, which are often on the frontline;

    49. Emphasises that reconstruction and recovery measures after natural disasters must be based on the ‘build back better’ approach and prioritise nature-based solutions; stresses the importance of sustainable water management and security and hydric resilience as part of the Union’s overall preparedness strategy;

    50. Recalls that the COVID-19 pandemic wreaked economic and social havoc globally and that a key lesson from the experience is that there is a need to prioritise investment in prevention of, preparedness for and response to health threats, in medical research and disease prevention, in access to critical medicines, in healthcare infrastructure, in physical and mental health and in the resilience and accessibility of public health systems in the Union; recalls that strategic autonomy in health is key to ensuring the Union’s preparedness in this area;

    51. Considers that the next MFF must build on the work done in the current programming period by ensuring that the necessary investment is in place to build a genuine European Health Union that delivers for all citizens;

    52. Underlines that, with technological developments, it has become easier for malicious and opportunistic foreign actors to spread disinformation, encourage online hate speech, interfere in elections and mount cyberattacks against the Union’s interests; insists that the next MFF must invest in enhanced cybersecurity capabilities and equip the Union to counter hybrid warfare in its various guises;

    53. Stresses that a free, independent and pluralistic media is a fundamental component of Europe’s resilience, safeguarding not only the free flow of information but also a democratic mindset, critical thinking and informed decision-making; points to the importance of investment in independent and investigative journalism, fact-checking initiatives, digital and media literacy and critical thinking to safeguard against disinformation, foreign information manipulation and electoral interference as part of the European Democracy Shield initiative and therefore to guarantee democratic resilience; underscores the need for continued Union budget support for initiatives in these areas;

    54. Underscores the importance of continued funding, in the next MFF, for effective protection of the EU’s external borders; underlines the need to counter transnational criminal networks and better protect victims of trafficking networks, and to strengthen resilience and response capabilities to address hybrid attacks and the instrumentalisation of migration, by third countries or hostile non-state actors; highlights, in particular, the need for support to frontline Member States for the purposes of securing the external borders of the EU;

    55. Underlines that the EU’s resilience and preparedness are inextricably linked to those of its regional and global partners; emphasises that strengthening partners’ capacity to prevent, withstand and effectively respond to extreme weather events, health crises, hybrid campaigns, cyberattacks or armed conflict also lowers the risk of spill-over effects for Europe;

    External action and enlargement

    56. Insists that, in a context of heightened global instability, the Union must continue to engage constructively with third countries and support peace, and conflict prevention, stability, prosperity, security, human rights, the rule of law, equality, democracy and sustainable development globally, in line with its global responsibility values and international commitments;

    57. Regrets the fact that external action in the current MFF has been underfunded, leading to significant recourse to special instruments and substantial reinforcements in the mid-term revision; notes, in particular, that humanitarian aid funding has been woefully inadequate, prompting routine use of the Emergency Aid Reserve;

    58. Underlines that the US’s retreat from its post-war global role in guaranteeing peace, security and democracy, in leading on global governance in the rules-based, multilateral international order and in providing essential development and humanitarian aid to those most in need around the world will leave an enormous gap and that the Union has a responsibility and overwhelming strategic interest in helping to fill that gap; calls on the Commission to address the consequences of the US’s retreat at the latest in its proposal for the post-2027 MFF;

    59. Stresses that the next MFF must continue to tackle the most pressing global challenges, from fighting climate change, to providing relief in the event of natural disasters, preventing and addressing violent conflict and guaranteeing global security, ensuring global food security, improving healthcare and education systems, reducing poverty and inequality, promoting democracy, human rights, the rule of law and social justice and boosting competitiveness and the security of global supply chains, in full compliance with the principle of policy coherence for development; emphasises, in particular, the need for support for the Union’s Southern and Eastern Neighbourhoods;

    60. Underlines that, in particular in light of the drastic cuts to the USAID budget, the budget must uphold the Union’s role as the world’s leading provider of development aid and climate finance in line with the Union’s global obligations and commitments; recalls, in that regard, that the Union and its Member States have collectively committed to allocating 0.7 % of their GNI to official development assistance and that poverty alleviation must remain its primary objective; insists that the budget must continue to support the Union in its efforts to defend the rules-based international order, democracy, multilateralism, human rights and fundamental values;

    61. Insists that, given the unprecedented scale of humanitarian crises, mounting global challenges and uncertainty of US assistance under the current administration, humanitarian aid funding must be significantly enhanced and that its use must remain solely needs-based and respect the principles of neutrality, independence and impartiality; emphasises that the needs-based nature of humanitarian aid requires ring-fenced funding delivered through a stand-alone spending programme, distinct from other external action financing; underscores, furthermore, that effective humanitarian aid provision is contingent on predictability through a sufficient annual baseline allocation;

    62. Emphasises that humanitarian aid, by its very nature, requires substantial flexibility and response capacity; considers, therefore, that, in addition to an adequate baseline figure, humanitarian aid will require significant ring-fenced flexibility in its design to enable an effective response to the growing crises;

    63. Emphasises that, in a context in which global actors are increasingly using trade interdependence as a means of economic coercion, the Union must bolster its capacity to protect and advance its own strategic interests, develop more robust tools to counter coercion and ensure genuine reciprocity in its partnerships; stresses that such an approach requires the strategic allocation of external financing so as to support, for example, economic, security and energy partnerships that align with the Union’s values and strategic interests;

    64. Considers that enlargement represents an opportunity to strengthen the Union as a geopolitical power and that the next MFF is pivotal for preparing the Union for enlargement and the candidate countries for accession; recalls that the stability, security and democratic resilience of the candidate countries are inextricably connected to those of the EU and require sustained strategic investment, linked to reforms, to support their convergence with Union standards; underlines the important role that citizens and civil society organisations play in the process of enlargement;

    65. Points to the need for strategically targeted support for pre-accession and for growth and investment; is of the view that post-2027 pre-accession assistance should be provided in the form of both grants and loans; believes, in that context, that the future framework should allow for innovative financing mechanisms, as well as lending to candidate countries backed by the budgetary headroom (the difference between the own resources and the MFF ceilings);

    66. Stresses that financial support must be conditional on the implementation of reforms aligned with the Union acquis and policies and adherence to Union values; emphasises, in this regard, the need for a strong governance model that ensures parliamentary accountability, oversight and control and a strong, effective anti-fraud architecture;

    67. Reiterates its full support for Ukrainians in their fight for freedom and democracy and deplores the terrible suffering and impact resulting from Russia’s unprovoked and unjustifiable war of aggression; welcomes the decision to grant Ukraine and the neighbouring Republic of Moldova candidate country status and insists on the need to deploy the necessary funds to support their accession processes;

    68. Underlines that pre-accession support to Ukraine has to be distinct from and additional to financial assistance for macroeconomic stability, reconstruction and post-war recovery, where needs are far more substantial and require a concerted international effort, of which support through the Union budget should be an important part;

    69. Is convinced that the existing mandatory revision clause in the event of enlargement should be maintained in the next framework and that national envelopes should not be affected; underlines that the next MFF will also have to put in place appropriate transitional and phasing-in measures for key spending areas, such as cohesion and agriculture, based on a careful assessment of the impacts on different sectors;

    Fundamental rights, Union values and the rule of law

    70. Emphasises the importance of the Union budget and programmes like Erasmus+ and Citizens, Equality, Rights and Values in promoting and protecting democracy and the Union’s values, fostering the Union’s common cultural heritage and European integration, enhancing citizen engagement, civic education and youth participation, safeguarding and promoting fundamental rights enshrined in the Charter of Fundamental Rights and the rule of law; calls, in this regard, for increased funding for Erasmus+ in the next MFF; points to the importance of the independence of the justice system, the sound functioning of national institutions, de-oligarchisation, robust support for and, in line with article 11(2) TEU, an active dialogue with civil society, which is vital for fostering an active civic space, ensuring accountability and transparency and informing policymakers about best practices from the ground;

    71. Highlights, in that connection, that the recast of the Financial Regulation requires the Commission and the Member States, in the implementation of the budget, to ensure compliance with the Charter of Fundamental Rights and to respect the values on which the Union is founded, which are enshrined in Article 2 TEU; expects the Commission to ensure that the proposals for the next MFF, including for the spending programmes, are aligned with the Financial Regulation recast;

    72. Stresses that instability in neighbouring regions and beyond, poverty, underlying trends in economic development, demographic changes and climate change, continue to generate migration flows towards the Union, placing significant pressure on asylum and migration systems; underlines that the post-2027 MFF must support the full and swift implementation of the Union’s Asylum and Migration Pact and effective return and readmission policies, in line with fundamental rights and EU values, including the principle of solidarity and fair sharing of responsibility; underlines, moreover, that, in line with the Pact, the EU must pursue enhanced cooperation and mutually beneficial partnerships with third countries on migration, with adequate parliamentary scrutiny, and that such cooperation must abide by EU and international law;

    73. Underlines that compliance with Union values and fundamental rights is an essential pre-requisite to access EU funds; highlights the importance of strong links between respect for the rule of law and access to EU funds under the current MFF; believes that the protection of the Union’s financial interests depends on respect for the rule of law at national level; welcomes, in particular, the positive impact of the Rule of Law Conditionality Regulation in protecting the Union’s financial interests in cases of systemic and persistent breaches of the rule of law; calls on the Commission and the Council to apply the regulation strictly, consistently and without undue delay wherever necessary; emphasises that decisions to suspend or reduce Union funding over breaches of the rule of law must be based on objective criteria and not be guided by other considerations, nor be the outcome of negotiations;

    74. Points to the need for a stronger link between the rule of law and the Union budget post-2027 and welcomes the Commission’s commitment to bolster links between the recommendations in the annual rule of law report and access to funds through the budget; calls on the Commission to outline, in the annual rule of law report from 2025 onwards, the extent to which identified weaknesses in rule of law regimes potentially pose a risk to the Union budget; welcomes, furthermore, the link between respect for Union values and the implementation of the budget and calls on the Commission to actively monitor Member States’ compliance with this principle in a unified manner and to take swift action in the event of non-compliance;

    75. Calls for the consolidation of a robust rule of law toolbox, building on the current conditionality provisions under the Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF), the horizontal enabling conditions in the Common Provisions Regulation and the relevant provisions of the Financial Regulation and insists that the toolbox should cover the entire Union budget; underlines the need for far greater transparency and consistency with regard to the application of tools to protect the rule of law and for Parliament’s role to be strengthened in the application and scrutiny of such measures; insists, furthermore, on the need for consistency across instruments when assessing breaches of the rule of law in Member States;

    76. Recalls that the Rule of Law Conditionality Regulation provides that final recipients should not be deprived of the benefits of EU funds in the event of sanctions being applied to their government; believes that, to date, this provision has not been effective and stresses the importance of applying a smart conditionality approach so that beneficiaries are not penalised because of their government’s actions; calls on the Commission, in line with its stated intention in the political guidelines, to propose specific measures to ensure that local and regional authorities, civil society and other beneficiaries can continue to benefit from Union funding in cases of breaches of the rule of law by national governments without weakening the application of the regulation and maintaining the Member State’s obligation to pay under Union law;

     A long-term budget that mainstreams the Union’s policy objectives

    77. Stresses that a long-term budget that is fully aligned with the Union’s strategic aims requires that key objectives be mainstreamed across the budget through a set of horizontal principles, building on the lessons from the current MFF and RRF;

    78. Recalls that the implementation of horizontal principles should not lead to an excessive administrative burden on beneficiaries and be in line with the principle of proportionality; calls for innovative solutions and the use of automated reporting tools, including artificial intelligence, to achieve more efficient data collection;

    79. Underlines, therefore, that the next MFF must ensure that, across the board, spending programmes pursue climate and biodiversity objectives, promote and protect rights and equal opportunities for all, including gender equality, support competitiveness and bolster the Union’s preparedness against threats;

    80. Points out that effective mainstreaming is best achieved through a toolbox of measures, primarily through policy, project and regulatory design, thorough impact assessments and solid tracking of spending and, in specific cases, spending targets based on relevant and available data; welcomes the significant improvements in performance reporting in the current MFF, which allow for much better scrutiny of the impact of EU spending and calls for this to be further developed in the next programing period;

    81. Welcomes the development of a methodology to track gender-based spending and considers that the lessons learnt, in particular as regards the collection of gender-disaggregated data, the monitoring of implementation and impact and administrative burden, should be applied in the next MFF in order to improve the methodology; calls on the Commission to explore the feasibility of gender budgeting in the next MFF; stresses, in the same vein, the need for a significant improvement in climate and biodiversity mainstreaming methodologies to move towards the measurement of impact;

    82. Regrets that the Commission has not systematically conducted thorough impact assessments, including gender impact assessments, for all legislation involving spending through the budget and insists that this change;

    83. Is pleased that the climate mainstreaming target of 30 % is projected to be exceeded in the current MFF; regrets, however, that the Union is not on track to meet the 10 % target for 2026 for biodiversity-related expenditure; insists that the targets in the IIA have nevertheless been a major factor in driving climate and biodiversity spending; calls on the Commission to adapt the spending targets contributing positively to climate and biodiversity in line with the Union policy ambitions in this regard, taking into account the investment needs for these policy ambitions;

    84. Stresses, furthermore, that the Union budget should be implemented in line with Article 33(2) of the Financial Regulation, therefore without doing significant harm[12] to the specified objectives, respecting applicable working and employment conditions and taking into account the principle of gender equality;

    85. Welcomes the Commission’s commitment to phase out all fossil fuel subsidies and environmentally harmful subsidies in the next MFF; expects the Commission to come forward with its planned roadmap in this regard as part of its proposal for the next MFF;

    A long-term budget with an effective administration at the service of Europeans

    86. Underlines the need for Union policies to be underpinned by a well-functioning administration; insists that, post-2027, sufficient financial and staff resources be allocated from the outset so that Union institutions, bodies, decentralised agencies and the European Public Prosecutor’s Office can ensure effective and efficient policy design, high-quality delivery and enforcement, provide technical assistance, continue to attract the best people from all Member States, thus ensuring geographical balance, and have leeway to adjust to changing circumstances;

    87. Regrets that the Union’s ability to implement policy effectively and protect its financial interests within the current MFF has been undermined by stretched administrative resources and a dogmatic application of a policy of stable staffing, despite increasing demands and responsibilities; points, for example, to the failure to provide sufficient staff to properly implement and enforce the Digital Services[13] and Digital Markets Acts[14], thus undercutting the legislation’s effectiveness and to the repeated redeployments from programmes to decentralised agencies to cover staffing needs; insists that staffing levels be determined by an objective needs assessment when legislation is proposed and definitively adopted, and factored into planning for administrative expenditure from the outset;

    88. Emphasises that the Commission has sought, to some degree, to circumvent its own stable staffing policy by increasing staff attached to programmes and facilities and thus not covered by the administrative spending ceiling; underscores, however, that such an approach merely masks the problem and may ultimately undermine the operational capacity of programmes; insists, therefore, that additional responsibilities require administrative expenditure and must not erode programme envelopes;

    89. Stresses that up-front investment in secure and interoperable IT infrastructure and data mining capabilities can also generate longer-term cost savings and hugely enhance policy delivery and tracking of spending;

    90. Acknowledges that, in the absence of any correction mechanism in the current MFF, high inflation has significantly driven up statutory costs, requiring extensive use of special instruments to cover the shortfall; regrets that the Council elected not to take up the Commission’s proposal to raise the ceiling for administrative expenditure in the MFF revision, thus further eroding special instruments;

    A long-term budget that is simpler and more transparent

    91. Stresses that the next MFF must be designed so as to simplify the lives of all beneficiaries by cutting unnecessary red tape; underlines that simplification will require harmonising rules and reporting requirements wherever possible, including, as relevant, ensuring consistency between the applicable rules at European, national and regional levels; underlines, in that respect, the need for a genuine, user-friendly single entry point for EU funding and a simplified application procedure designed in consultation with relevant stakeholders; points out, furthermore, that the next MFF must be implemented as close to people as possible;

    92. Calls for genuine simplification where there are overlapping objectives, diverging eligibility criteria and different rules governing horizontal provisions that should be uniform across programmes; considers that an assessment of which spending programmes should be included in the next MFF must be based on the above aspects, on the need to focus spending on clearly identified policy objectives with clear European added value and on the policy intervention logic of each programme; stresses that reducing the number of programmes is not an end in itself;

    93. Underlines that simplification cannot mean more leeway for the Commission without the necessary checks and balances and must therefore be achieved with full respect for the institutional balance provided for in the Treaties;

    94. Insists that simplification cannot come at the expense of the quality of programme design and implementation and that, therefore, a simpler budget must also be a more transparent budget, enabling better accountability, scrutiny, control of spending and reducing the risks of double funding, misuse and fraud; underlines that any reduction in programmes must be offset by a far more detailed breakdown of the budget by budget line, in contrast to some programme mergers in the current MFF, such as the Neighbourhood, Development and International Cooperation Instrument – Global Europe (NDICI – Global Europe), which is an example not to follow; calls, therefore, for a sufficiently detailed breakdown by budget line to enable the budgetary authority to exercise proper accountability and ensure that decision-making in the annual budgetary procedure and in the course of budget implementation is meaningful;

    95. Recalls that transparency is essential to retain citizens’ trust, and that fraud and misuse of funds are extremely detrimental to that trust; underlines, therefore, the need for Parliament to be able to control spending and assess whether discharge can be granted; insists that proper accountability requires robust auditing for all budgetary expenditure based on the application of a single audit trail; calls on the Commission to put in place harmonised and effective anti-fraud mechanisms across funding instruments for the post-2027 MFF that ensure the protection of the Union’s budget;

    96. Reiterates its long-standing position that all EU-level spending should be brought within the purview of the budgetary authority, thereby ensuring transparency, democratic control and protection of the Union’s financial interests; calls, therefore, for the full budgetisation of (partially) off-budget instruments such as the Social Climate Fund, the Innovation Fund and the Modernisation Fund, or their successors;

    A long-term budget that is more flexible and more responsive to crises and shocks

    97. Points out that, traditionally, the MFF has not been conceived with a crisis response or flexibility logic, but rather has been designed primarily to ensure medium-term investment predictability; underlines that, in a rapidly changing political, security, economic and social context, such an approach is no longer tenable; insists on sufficient in-built crisis response capacity in the next MFF;

    98. Underscores that the current MFF has been beset by a lack of flexibility and an inability to adjust to evolving spending priorities; considers that the next MFF needs to strike a better balance between investment predictability and flexibility to adjust spending focus; highlights that spending in certain areas requires greater stability than in others where flexibility is more valuable; stresses that recurrent redeployments are not a viable way to finance the Union’s priorities as they damage investments and jeopardise the delivery of agreed policy objectives;

    99. Believes that, while allocating a significant portion of funding to objectives up-front, spending programmes should retain a substantial in-built flexibility reserve, with allocation to specific policy objectives to be decided by the budgetary authority; notes that the NDICI – Global Europe’s emerging challenges and priorities cushion provides a model for such a flexibility reserve, but that the decision-making process for its mobilisation must not be replicated in the future MFF; points to the need for stronger, more effective scrutiny powers of the co-legislators over the setting of policy priorities and objectives and a detailed budgetary breakdown to ensure that the budgetary authority is equipped to make meaningful and informed decisions;

    100. Underlines that the MFF must have sufficient margins under each heading to ensure that new instruments or spending objectives agreed over the programming period can be accommodated without eroding funding for other policy and long-term strategic objectives or eating into crisis response capacity;

    101. Underlines that the possibility for budgetary transfers under the Financial Regulation already provides for flexibility to adjust to evolving spending needs in the course of budget implementation; stresses that, under the current rules, the Commission has significant freedom to transfer considerable amounts between policy areas without budgetary authority approval, which limits scrutiny and control; calls, therefore, for the rules to be changed so as to introduce a maximum amount, in addition to a maximum percentage per budget line, for transfers without approval; considers that for transfers from Union institutions other than the Commission that are subject to a possible duly justified objection by Parliament or the Council, a threshold below which they would be exempt from that procedure could be a useful measure of simplification;

    102. Recalls that the current MFF has been placed under further strain due to high levels of inflation in a context where an annual 2 % deflator is applied to 2018 prices, reducing the budget’s real-terms value and squeezing its operational and administrative capacity; considers, therefore, that the future budget should be endowed with sufficient response capacity to enable the budget to adapt to inflationary shocks;

    103. Calls for a root-and-branch reform of the existing special instruments to bolster crisis response capacity and ensure an effective and swift reaction through more rapid mobilisation; underlines that the current instruments are both inadequate in size and constrained by excessive rigidity, with several effectively ring-fenced according to crisis type; points out that enhanced crisis response capacity will ensure that cohesion policy funds are not called upon for that purpose and can therefore be used for their intended investment objectives;

    104. Considers that the post-2027 MFF should include only two special instruments – one dedicated to ensuring solidarity in the event of natural disasters (the successor to the existing European Solidarity Reserve) and one for general-purpose crisis response and for responding to any unforeseen needs and emerging priorities, including where amounts in the special instrument for natural disasters are insufficient (the successor to the Flexibility Instrument); insists that both special instruments should be adequately funded from the outset and able to carry over unspent amounts indefinitely over the MFF period; believes that all other special instruments can either be wound up or subsumed into the two special instruments or into existing programmes;

    105. Calls for the future Flexibility Instrument to be heavily front-loaded and subsequently to be fed through a number of additional sources of financing: unspent margins from previous years (as with the current Single Margin Instrument), the annual surplus from the previous year, a fines-based mechanism modelled on the existing Article 5 of the MFF Regulation, reflows from financial instruments and decommitted appropriations; underlines that the next MFF should be designed such that the future special instruments are not required to cover debt repayment;

    106. Underlines that re-use of the surplus, of reflows from financial instruments and surplus provisioning and of decommitments would require amendments to the Financial Regulation;

    107. Points out that, with sufficient up-front resources and such arrangements for re-using unused funds, the budget would have far greater response capacity without impinging on the predictability of national GNI-based contributions; insists that an MFF endowed with greater flexibility and response capacity is less likely to require a substantial mid-term revision;

    A long-term budget that is more results-focused

    108. Emphasises that, in order to maximise impact, it is imperative that spending under the next MFF be much more rigorously aligned with the Union’s strategic policy aims and better coordinated with spending at national level; underlines that, in turn, consultation with regional and local authorities is vital to facilitate access to funding and ensure that Union support meets the real needs of final recipients and delivers tangible benefits for people; underscores the importance of technical assistance to implementing authorities to help ensure timely implementation, additionality of investments and therefore maximum impact;

    109. Underlines that, in order to support effective coordination between Union and national spending, the Commission envisages a ‘new, lean steering mechanism’ designed ‘to reinforce the link between overall policy coordination and the EU budget’; insists that Parliament play a full decision-making role in any coordination or steering mechanism;

    110. Considers that the RRF, with its focus on performance and links between reforms and investments and budgetary support, has helped to drive national investments and reforms that would not otherwise have taken place;

    111. Underlines that the RRF can help to inform the delivery of Union spending under shared management; recalls, however, that the RRF was agreed in the very specific context of the COVID-19 pandemic and cannot, therefore, be replicated wholesale for future investment programmes;

    112. Points out that spending under shared management in the next MFF must involve regional and local authorities and all relevant stakeholders from design to delivery through a place-based and multilevel governance approach and in line with an improved partnership principle, ensure the cross-border European dimension of investment projects, and focus on results and impact rather than outputs by setting measurable performance indicators, ensuring availability of relevant data and feeding into programme design and adjustment;

    113. Underlines that the design of shared management spending under the next MFF must safeguard Parliament’s role as legislator, budgetary and discharge authority and in holding the executive to account, putting in place strict accountability mechanisms and guaranteeing full transparency in relation to final recipients or groups of recipients of Union spending funds through an interoperable system enabling effective tracking of cash flows and project progress;

    114. Considers that the ‘one national plan per Member State’ approach envisaged by the Commission is not in line with the principles set out above and cannot be the basis for shared management spending post-2027; recalls that, in this regard, the Union is required, under Article 175 TFEU, to provide support through instruments for agricultural, regional and social spending;

    A long-term budget that manages liabilities sustainably

    115. Recalls Parliament’s very firm opposition to subjecting the repayment of NGEU borrowing costs to a cap within an MFF heading given that these costs are subject to market conditions, influenced by external factors and thus inherently volatile, and that the repayment of borrowing costs is a non-discretionary legal obligation; stresses that introducing new own resources is also necessary to prevent future generations from bearing the burden of past debts;

    116. Deplores the fact that, under the existing architecture and despite the joint declaration by the three institutions as part of the 2020 MFF agreement whereby expenditure to cover NGEU financing costs ‘shall aim at not reducing programmes and funds’, financing for key Union programmes and resources available for special instruments, even after the MFF revision, have de facto been competing with the repayment of NGEU borrowing costs in a context of steep inflation and rising interest rates; recalls that pressure on the budget driven by NGEU borrowing costs was a key factor in cuts to flagship programmes in the MFF revision;

    117. Underlines that, to date, the Union budget has been required only to repay interest related to NGEU and that, from 2028 onwards, the budget will also have to repay the capital; underscores that, according to the Commission, the total costs for NGEU capital and interest repayments are projected to be around EUR 25-30 billion a year from 2028, equivalent to 15-20 % of payment appropriations in the 2025 budget;

    118. Acknowledges that, while NGEU borrowing costs will be more stable in the next MFF period as bonds will already have been issued, the precise repayment profile will have an impact on the level of interest and thus on the degree of volatility; insists, therefore, that all costs related to borrowing backed by the Union budget or the budgetary headroom be treated distinctly from appropriations for EU programmes within the MFF architecture;

    119. Points, in that regard, to the increasing demand for the Union budget to serve as a guarantee for the Union’s vital support through macro-financial assistance and the associated risks; underlines that, in the event of default or the withdrawal of national guarantees, the Union budget ultimately underwrites all macro-financial assistance loans and therefore bears significant and inherently unpredictable contingent liabilities, notably in relation to Ukraine;

    120. Calls, therefore, on the Commission to design a sound and durable architecture that enables sustainable management of all non-discretionary costs and liabilities, fully preserving Union programmes and the budget’s flexibility and response capacity;

    A long-term budget that is properly resourced and sustainably financed

    121. Underlines that, as described above, the budgetary needs post-2027 will be significantly higher than the amounts allocated to the 2021-2027 MFF and, in addition, will need to cover borrowing costs and debt repayment; insists, therefore, that the next MFF be endowed with significantly increased resources compared to the 2021-2027 period, moving away from the historically restrictive, self-imposed level of 1 % of GNI, which has prevented the Union from delivering on its ambitions and deprived it of the ability to respond to crises and adapt to emerging needs;

    122. Considers that all instruments and tools should be explored in order to provide the Union with those resources, in line with its priorities and identified needs; considers, in this respect, that joint borrowing through the issuance of EU bonds presents a viable option to ensure that the Union has sufficient resources to respond to acute Union-wide crises such as the ongoing crisis in the area of security and defence;

    123. Reiterates the need for sustainable and resilient revenue for the Union budget; points to the legally binding roadmap towards the introduction of new own resources in the IIA, in which Parliament, the Council and the Commission undertook to introduce sufficient new own resources to at least cover the repayment of NGEU debt; underlines that, overall, the basket of new own resources should be fair, linked to broader Union policy aims and agreed on time and with sufficient volume to meet the heightened budgetary needs;

    124. Recalls its support for the amended Commission proposal on the system of own resources; is deeply concerned by the complete absence of progress on the system of own resources in the Council; calls on the Council to adopt this proposal as a matter of urgency; and urges the Commission to spare no effort in supporting the adoption process;

    125. Calls furthermore, on the Commission to continue efforts to identify additional innovative and genuine new own resources and other revenue sources beyond those specified in the IIA; stresses that new own resources are essential not only to enable repayment of NGEU borrowing, but to ensure that the Union is equipped to cover its the higher spending needs;

    126. Calls on the Commission to design a modernised budget with a renewed spending focus, driven by the need for fairness, greater simplification, a reduced administrative burden and more transparency, including on the revenue side; underlines that existing rebates and corrections automatically expire at the end of the current MFF;

    127. Welcomes the decision, in the recast of the Financial Regulation, to treat as negative revenue any interest or other charge due to a third party relating to amounts of fines, other penalties or sanctions that are cancelled or reduced by the Court of Justice; recalls that this solution comes to an end on 31 December 2027; invites the Commission to propose a definitive solution for the next MFF that achieves the same objective of avoiding any impact on the expenditure side of the budget;

    A long-term budget grounded in close interinstitutional cooperation

    128. Underlines that Parliament intends to fully exercise its prerogatives as legislator, budgetary authority and discharge authority under the Treaties;

    129. Recalls that the requirement for close interinstitutional cooperation between the Commission, the Council and Parliament from the early design stages to the final adoption of the MFF is enshrined in the Treaties and further detailed in the IIA;

    130. Emphasises Parliament’s commitment to play its role fully throughout the process; believes that the design of the MFF should be bottom-up and based on the extensive involvement of stakeholders; underlines, furthermore, the need for a strategic dialogue among the three institutions in the run-up to the MFF proposals;

    131. Calls on the Commission to put forward practical arrangements for cooperation and genuine negotiations from the outset; points, in particular, to the importance of convening meetings of the three Presidents, as per Article 324 TFEU, wherever they can aid progress, and insists that the Commission follow up when Parliament requests such meetings; reminds the Commission of its obligation to provide information to Parliament on an equal footing with the Council as the two arms of the budgetary authority and as co-legislators on MFF-related basic acts;

    132. Recalls that the IIA specifically provides for Parliament, the Council and the Commission to ‘seek to determine specific arrangements for cooperation and dialogue’; stresses that the cooperation provisions set out in the IIA, including regular meetings between Parliament and the Council, are a bare minimum and that much more is needed to give effect to the principle in Article 312(5) TFEU of taking ‘any measure necessary to facilitate the adoption of a new MFF’; calls, therefore, on the successive Council presidencies to respect not only the letter, but also the spirit of the Treaties;

    133. Recalls that the late adoption of the MFF regulation and related legislation for the 2014-2020 and 2021-2027 periods led to significant delays, which hindered the proper implementation of EU programmes; insists, therefore, that every effort be made to ensure timely adoption of the upcoming MFF package;

    134. Expects the Commission, as part of the package of MFF proposals, to put forward a new IIA in line with the realities of the new budget, including with respect to the management of contingent liabilities; stresses that the changes to the Financial Regulation necessary for alignment with the new MFF should enter into force at the same time as the MFF Regulation;

    135. Instructs its President to forward this resolution to the Council and the Commission.

    MIL OSI Europe News

  • MIL-OSI United Kingdom: Bigger, better, louder: Godiva Calling returns with new categories and huge prizes

    Source: City of Coventry

    Godiva Calling – Coventry’s much-loved music competition is back for 2025 and it’s set to be the biggest and best yet, thanks to a new partnership with Music Smart.

    This year’s Godiva Calling competition will showcase more up-and-coming talent than ever before with nine winners, offering Coventry and Warwickshire’s emerging artists the chance to take centre stage at this year’s Godiva Festival.

    With an incredible prize package on offer, this year’s winners will be given a major boost in their musical journey. Winners will receive a Main Stage slot at Godiva Festival, a full music package including production, studio recording, mixing and mastering, live stream session in the Music Smart Live Lounge, a professional photoshoot and CD printing and distribution by Music Smart.

    Music Smart is part of The Pack Smart Group a fulfilment company based in Coventry. Music Smart has been working with artists, labels and management companies for over 16 years delivering music and merchandise direct to fans to bring music to their ears.

    Heats will be taking place at venues across the city in May. The venues are Millsy’s Café Bar, The Tin Music and Arts, The Arches, Knights, The Box, HMV Empire, The Khushi Grill Spon End and The Castle Grounds.

    This year the competition will see more winners than ever before as new categories have been introduced to increase inclusivity and encourage even greater participation. The four new categories are Contemporary, Desi, Groups and DJ/Dance. Two former categories have been changed – Rap, Reggae and Afrobeats which was previously known as Urban will be included this year as well as Acoustic which was previously known as Singer/Songwriter. The three popular categories set to return are Indie, Rock and Under 18s.

    Bookings for the contests will be managed by the appropriate venues for each genre and the Under 18s category will be managed by Coventry Music Hub.

    Cllr Abdul Salam Khan, Deputy Leader and Cabinet Member for Events at Coventry City Council, said: “As a city, we are so lucky to host Godiva Calling as it’s a great opportunity for the many talented local artists we have in our city.

    “We’re so proud to be giving artists the chance to share their talent on the Main Stage at Godiva Festival to a fantastic crowd.

    “We also want to thank our sponsor, Music Smart for making the Godiva Calling competition more exciting than ever before. We’re incredibly grateful for their support.”

    Seánna Holland, Business Development Director at Music Smart said: “As a local Coventry business we are thrilled to be supporting Godiva Calling. This year we wanted to focus on fulfilling dreams as well as orders by supporting our city and community and have been looking for opportunities that align with our strong values and resonate with our core brands.

    “To be part of the journey with the acts participating in Godiva Calling is exciting – who knows what lies ahead for the bands and singers as they follow their dreams.”

    Sam McNulty, long time organiser of Godiva Calling is looking forward to seeing this year’s entries. He said: “We had a fantastic response to Godiva Calling last year, so we’ve decided to showcase even more talent this year by expanding the number of categories for the competition. This means more winners will be performing on the Main Stage at Godiva Festival.

    “Sponsorship from Music Smart allows us to offer a photoshoot and recording session as part of the prize package which will be a fantastic experience for the winners.

    “I encourage as many musicians to enter as possible from across Coventry and Warwickshire to take part in this unique competition.”

    Entries for the competition open at 12pm on Monday 28 April. All information such as dates for this year’s heats and finals, plus the rules and the entry form will be available on the Godiva Calling webpage when entries open.

    Festivalgoers can look forward to seeing Ocean Colour Scene, Clean Bandit, Marc Almond and many more from Friday 4 – Sunday 6 July in the city’s War Memorial Park. Tickets are on sale now with day passes available from just £10. Ticket prices are set to increase from Tuesday 6 May so those looking to attend are encouraged to purchase tickets as soon as possible to secure them at a lower price.

    For further news head to the Godiva Festival website or follow Godiva Festival on FacebookTwitter and Instagram.

    Godiva Festival is brought to you by Coventry City Council. Music Smart is the sponsor of Godiva Calling and Coventry College is the sponsor of the Family Field.

    Photo caption from left: Sam McNulty – Godiva Calling organiser, Sandra Godley OBE – Godiva Calling judge, George Ackers – guitarist from Loophole (Godiva Calling Under 18s winners 2024), Seanna Holland – Business Development Director at Music Smart, Cllr Abdul Salam Khan – Deputy Leader at Coventry City Council, Nick Walker – CEO and Founder at Music Smart and Simon Mitchell – Venue Manager at The Castle Grounds

    MIL OSI United Kingdom

  • MIL-OSI: Ponce Financial Group, Inc. Reports First Quarter 2025 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    NEW YORK, April 25, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Ponce Financial Group, Inc., (the “Company”) (NASDAQ: PDLB), the holding company for Ponce Bank (the “Bank”), today announced results for the first quarter of 2025.

    First Quarter 2025 Highlights (Compared to Prior Periods):

    • Net income available to common stockholders was $5.7 million, or $0.25 per diluted share for the three months ended March 31, 2025, as compared to net income available to common stockholders of $2.7 million, or $0.12 per diluted share for the three months ended December 31, 2024 and net income available to common stockholders of $2.4 million, or $0.11 per diluted share for the three months ended March 31, 2024. Total net income for the three months ended March 31, 2025 was $6.0 million. The Company paid dividends of $0.3 million on its preferred stock during the three months ended March 31, 2025.
    • Included in the $5.7 million of net income available to common stockholders for the first quarter of 2025 results is $44.0 million in interest and dividend income, $2.4 million in non-interest income and $0.3 million in benefit for credit losses, offset by $21.8 million in interest expense, $16.9 million in non-interest expense, $2.0 million in provision for income taxes and $0.3 million in dividends on preferred shares.
    • Net interest income of $22.2 million for the first quarter of 2025 increased $1.5 million, or 7.11%, from the prior quarter and increased $3.4 million, or 17.96%, from the same quarter last year. 
    • Net interest margin was 2.98% for the first quarter of 2025, versus 2.80% for the prior quarter and 2.71% for the same quarter last year.
    • Non-interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2025 was $2.4 million, an increase of $0.3 million, or 13.54%, from $2.1 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024, and an increase of $0.7 million, or 39.48%, from $1.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024.
    • Non-interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2025 was $16.9 million, a decrease of $0.6 million, or 3.30%, from $17.5 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024, and an increase of $0.1 million, or 0.61%, compared to $16.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024.
    • Cash and equivalents were $129.9 million as of March 31, 2025, a decrease of $9.9 million, or 7.11%, from $139.8 million as of December 31, 2024.
    • Securities totaled $461.6 million as of March 31, 2025, a decrease of $11.3 million, or 2.39%, from $472.9 million as of December 31, 2024 primarily due to regular principal payments and the call of one available-for-sale security in the amount of $1.0 million.
    • Net loans receivable were $2.37 billion as of March 31, 2025, an increase of $84.3 million, or 3.69%, from $2.29 billion as of December 31, 2024.
    • Deposits were $2.00 billion as of March 31, 2025, an increase of $120.1 million, or 6.37%, from $1.88 billion as of December 31, 2024.

    President and Chief Executive Officer’s Comments

    Carlos P. Naudon, Ponce Financial Group, Inc.’s President and CEO, stated “We continued executing well our strategy of focusing on net interest margin, operating expenses and fee income, which translated into several positive trends this quarter. Our net interest margin this quarter increased by 18 basis points, reflecting both our high-yielding construction loans and our decreasing borrowing costs. In fact, our loan yields rose by 9 basis points while our cost of funds decreased by 10 basis points. Our operating expenses have decreased quarter over quarter, and our non-interest income compares favorably to prior periods. All-in-all, a very good quarter in these turbulent and uncertain times.”

    Executive Chairman’s Comment

    Steven A. Tsavaris, Ponce Financial Group’s Executive Chairman added “Most of our high-yielding construction lending has an additional benefit – it qualifies as Deep Impact lending under the U.S. Treasury’s Emergency Capital Investment Program and serves to lower the dividends payable on our preferred stock to the U.S. Treasury. Importantly, our construction initiatives also reflect our conservative underwriting, high developer equity requirements and short duration. Of our 64 on-going projects, more than 43 percent already have at least a temporary certificate of occupancy and 80 percent are at least halfway through construction.” 

    The table below indicate the Key Metrics at or for the three months ended:

        At or for the Three Months Ended  
        March 31,     December 31,     September 30,     June 30,     March 31,  
        2025     2024     2024     2024     2024  
    Performance Ratios:                              
    Return on average assets(1)     0.77 %     0.38 %     0.33 %     0.45 %     0.33 %
    Return on common equity(1)     7.97 %     3.76 %     3.06 %     4.60 %     3.61 %
    Net interest margin(1) (2)     2.98 %     2.80 %     2.65 %     2.62 %     2.71 %
    Non-interest expense to average assets(1)     2.19 %     2.25 %     2.19 %     2.28 %     2.35 %
    Efficiency ratio(3)     68.70 %     75.63 %     80.87 %     80.09 %     82.56 %
    Capital Ratios:                              
    Total capital to risk-weighted assets (Ponce Financial Group)     22.84 %     22.98 %     22.87 %     23.86 %     24.47 %
    Common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets (Ponce Financial Group)     12.51 %     12.44 %     12.28 %     12.71 %     12.98 %
    Tier 1 capital to total assets (Ponce Financial Group)     16.84 %     17.70 %     17.81 %     17.88 %     17.59 %
    Total capital to risk-weighted assets (Bank only)     21.38 %     21.47 %     21.61 %     22.47 %     22.79 %
    Common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets (Bank only)     20.35 %     20.40 %     20.45 %     21.24 %     21.54 %
    Tier 1 capital to total assets (Bank only)     15.61 %     15.81 %     16.19 %     16.70 %     16.26 %
    Asset Quality Ratios:                              
    Allowance for credit losses on loans as a percentage of total loans     0.96 %     0.97 %     1.09 %     1.18 %     1.23 %
    Allowance for credit losses on loans as a percentage of nonperforming loans     84.15 %     82.29 %     139.52 %     130.28 %     140.90 %
    Net (charge-offs) recoveries to average outstanding loans(1)     (0.04 %)     (0.45 %)     (0.17 %)     (0.10 %)     (0.25 %)
    Non-performing loans as a percentage of total assets     0.88 %     0.90 %     0.57 %     0.65 %     0.62 %
    Other:                              
    Number of offices     18       19       19       18       18  
    Number of full-time equivalent employees     211       218       228       227       233  
                                   

    (1) Annualized where appropriate.
    (2) Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.
    (3) Efficiency ratio represents noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and noninterest income.

    Summary of Results of Operations

    Net income for the three months ended March 31, 2025 was $6.0 million compared to net income of $2.9 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024 and net income of $2.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024.

    The $3.0 million increase of net income for the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to the three months ended December 31, 2024 was attributed mainly to increases of $1.5 million in net interest income, an increase of $1.2 million in benefit for credit losses, a decrease of $0.6 million in non-interest expense and an increase of $0.3 million in non-interest income; partially offset by an increase of $0.5 million in provision for income taxes.

    The $3.5 million increase of net income for the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2024 was largely due to increases of $3.4 million in net interest income, $0.7 million in non-interest income and $0.3 million in benefit for credit losses, partially offset by increases of $0.7 million in provision for income taxes and $0.1 million in non-interest expense

    Net Interest Income and Net Margin

    Net interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2025, increased $1.5 million, or 7.11%, to $22.2 million compared to $20.7 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024 and increased $3.4 million, or 17.96%, compared to $18.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024.

    The $1.5 million increase in net interest income from the three months ended December 31, 2024 was attributable to an increase of $1.1 million in total interest and dividend income and a decrease of $0.4 million in total interest expense.

    The $3.4 million increase in net interest income from the three months ended March 31, 2024 was attributable to an increase of $4.3 million in total interest and dividend income, offset by an increase of $0.9 million in total interest expense.

    For the three months ended March 31, 2025, benefit for credit losses amounted to $0.3 million, compared to $0.9 million in provision for credit losses for the prior quarter and a credit loss benefit on loans of less than $0.1 million during the first quarter of 2024.

    Net interest margin was 2.98% for the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to 2.80% for the prior quarter, an increase of 18bps and 2.71% for the same period last year, an increase of 27bps.

    Non-interest Income

    Non-interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2025, was $2.4 million, an increase of $0.3 million, or 13.54%, compared to $2.1 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024 and an increase of $0.7 million, or 39.48%, compared to $1.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024.

    The $0.3 million increase in non-interest income from the three months ended December 31, 2024 was largely attributable to increases of $0.4 million in late and prepayment charges and $0.3 million in income on sale of SBA loans, partially offset by decreases of $0.2 million in other non-interest income and $0.1 million in income on sale of mortgage loans.

    The $0.7 million increase in non-interest income from the three months ended March 31, 2024 was largely attributable to increases of $0.4 million in income on sale of SBA loans and $0.3 million in late and prepayment charges, partially offset by a decrease of $0.2 million in income on the sale of mortgage loans.

    Non-interest Expense

    Non-interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2025, was $16.9 million, a decrease of $0.6 million, or 3.30%, compared to $17.5 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024 and an increase of $0.1 million, or 0.61%, compared to $16.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024.

    The $0.6 million decrease in non-interest expense from the three months ended December 31, 2024 was mainly attributable to decreases of $0.3 million in professional fees, $0.2 million in marketing and promotional expenses, $0.2 million in direct loan expenses, $0.1 million in office supplies, telephone and postage, partially offset by an increase of $0.1 million in compensation and benefits.

    The $0.1 million increase in non-interest expense from the three months ended March 31, 2024 was mainly attributable to increases of $0.5 million in other operating expense and $0.2 million in occupancy and equipment, partially offset by decreases of $0.4 million in professional fees and $0.3 million in direct loan expenses.

    Credit Quality:

    Non-performing loans were $32.0 million at March 31, 2025 compared to $32.1 million at December 31, 2024 and $22.4 million at March 31, 2024.

    During the three months ended March 31, 2025, a credit loss benefit of $0.3 million on loans was recorded, consisting of $0.7 million charged on the funded portion and a benefit of $1.0 million on the unfunded portion on loans. During the three months ended December 31, 2024, a credit loss provision of $0.9 million on loans were recorded, consisting of $1.1 million charged on the funded portion and a benefit of $0.2 million on unfunded portion on loans. During the three months ended March 31, 2024, a credit loss benefit of $0.1 million on loans were recorded, consisting of $0.3 million benefit on the funded portion and a $0.2 million charged on the on unfunded portion on loans.

    Balance Sheet Summary

    Total assets increased $49.9 million, or 1.64%, to $3.09 billion as of March 31, 2025 from $3.04 billion as of December 31, 2024. The increase in total assets is largely attributable to increases of $84.3 million in net loans receivable, $1.2 million in accrued interest receivable and $0.4 million in right of use assets, partially offset by decreases of $9.9 million in cash and cash equivalents, $9.9 million in held-to-maturity securities, $8.4 million in other assets, $3.4 million in Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock, $2.2 million in mortgage loans held for sale and $1.4 million in available-for-sale securities.

    Total liabilities increased $41.5 million, or 1.64%, to $2.58 billion as of March 31, 2025 from $2.53 billion as of December 31, 2024. The increase in total liabilities was largely attributable to an increase of $120.1 million in deposits, $2.6 million in advance payments by borrowers for taxes, $0.9 million in accrued interest payable, $0.4 million in operating lease liabilities, partially offset by decreases of $75.0 million in borrowings and $7.5 million in other liabilities.

    Total stockholders’ equity increased $8.4 million, or 1.66%, to $513.9 million as of March 31, 2025, from $505.5 million as of December 31, 2024. The $8.4 million increase in stockholders’ equity was largely attributable to $6.0 million in net income, $1.8 million in other comprehensive income, $0.5 million impact to additional paid in capital as a result of share-based compensation and $0.4 million from release of ESOP shares, offset by $0.3 million in dividends on preferred shares.

    About Ponce Financial Group, Inc.

    Ponce Financial Group, Inc. is the holding company for Ponce Bank. Ponce Bank is a Minority Depository Institution, a Community Development Financial Institution, and a certified Small Business Administration lender. Ponce Bank’s business primarily consists of taking deposits from the general public and to a lesser extent alternative funding sources and investing those funds, together with funds generated from operations and borrowings, in mortgage loans, consisting of 1-4 family residences (investor-owned and owner-occupied), multifamily residences, nonresidential properties, construction and land, and, to a lesser extent, in business and consumer loans. Ponce Bank also invests in securities, which consist of U.S. Government and federal agency securities and securities issued by government-sponsored or government-owned enterprises, as well as, mortgage-backed securities, corporate bonds and obligations, and Federal Home Loan Bank stock.

    Forward Looking Statements

    Certain statements herein constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Exchange Act and are intended to be covered by the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements may be identified by words such as “believes,” “will,” “would,” “expects,” “project,” “may,” “could,” “developments,” “strategic,” “launching,” “opportunities,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “intends,” “plans,” “targets” and similar expressions. These statements are based upon the current beliefs and expectations of management and are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ materially from those set forth in the forward-looking statements as a result of numerous factors. Factors that could cause such differences to exist include, but are not limited to, adverse conditions in the capital and debt markets and the impact of such conditions on business activities; changes in interest rates; competitive pressures from other financial institutions; the effects of general economic conditions on a national basis or in the local markets in which Ponce Bank operates, including changes that adversely affect borrowers’ ability to service and repay Ponce Bank’s loans; changes in U.S. trade policies, including the imposition of tariffs and retaliatory tariffs, and their related impacts on the economy; changes in the value of securities in the investment portfolio; changes in loan default and charge-off rates; fluctuations in real estate values; the adequacy of loan loss reserves; decreases in deposit levels necessitating increased borrowing to fund loans and investments; operational risks including, but not limited to, cybersecurity, fraud and natural disasters; changes in government regulation; changes in accounting standards and practices; the risk that intangibles recorded in the financial statements will become impaired; demand for loans in Ponce Bank’s market area; Ponce Bank’s ability to attract and maintain deposits; risks related to the implementation of acquisitions, dispositions, and restructurings; the risk that Ponce Financial Group, Inc. may not be successful in the implementation of its business strategy; changes in assumptions used in making such forward-looking statements and the risk factors described in Ponce Financial Group, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), which are available at the SEC’s website, www.sec.gov. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this release. Ponce Financial Group, Inc. disclaims any obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements to reflect changes in underlying assumptions or factors, new information, future events or other changes, except as may be required by applicable law or regulation.


    Ponce Financial Group, Inc.
    and Subsidiaries
    Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
    (Dollars in thousands, except for share data)

        As of  
        March 31,     December 31,     September 30,     June 30,     March 31,  
        2025     2024     2024     2024     2024  
    ASSETS                              
    Cash and due from banks:                              
    Cash   $ 32,113     $ 35,478     $ 32,061     $ 23,128     $ 29,972  
    Interest-bearing deposits     97,780       104,361       123,751       80,038       104,752  
    Total cash and cash equivalents     129,893       139,839       155,812       103,166       134,724  
    Available-for-sale securities, at fair value     103,570       104,970       111,005       113,125       116,044  
    Held-to-maturity securities, at amortized cost     358,024       367,938       403,736       442,113       452,955  
    Placement with banks     249       249       249       249       249  
    Mortgage loans held for sale, at fair value     8,567       10,736       9,566       37,764       7,860  
    Loans receivable, net     2,370,931       2,286,599       2,180,331       2,022,173       1,981,428  
    Accrued interest receivable     19,008       17,771       16,890       17,441       18,063  
    Premises and equipment, net     16,417       16,794       16,843       16,976       17,396  
    Right of use assets     29,496       29,093       29,785       30,349       31,021  
    Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock (FHLBNY), at cost     25,807       29,182       28,515       23,972       23,892  
    Deferred tax assets     11,629       12,074       11,845       13,172       13,919  
    Other assets     16,245       24,693       51,392       21,507       21,151  
    Total assets   $ 3,089,836     $ 3,039,938     $ 3,015,969     $ 2,842,007     $ 2,818,702  
    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY                              
    Liabilities:                              
    Deposits   $ 2,004,947     $ 1,884,864     $ 1,870,323     $ 1,606,097     $ 1,585,784  
    Operating lease liabilities     31,126       30,696       31,343       31,861       32,486  
    Accrued interest payable     4,628       3,712       2,918       6,820       4,218  
    Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance     12,901       10,349       13,733       10,838       13,245  
    Borrowings     521,100       596,100       580,421       680,421       680,421  
    Other liabilities     1,248       8,717       12,642       8,313       8,866  
    Total liabilities     2,575,950       2,534,438       2,511,380       2,344,350       2,325,020  
    Commitments and contingencies                              
    Stockholders’ Equity:                              
    Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized     225,000       225,000       225,000       225,000       225,000  
    Common stock, $0.01 par value; 200,000,000 shares authorized     249       249       249       249       249  
    Treasury stock, at cost     (7,641 )     (7,707 )     (9,445 )     (9,519 )     (9,702 )
    Additional paid-in-capital     207,888       207,319       208,478       207,934       207,584  
    Retained earnings     113,432       107,754       105,103       102,951       99,834  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (13,515 )     (15,297 )     (12,686 )     (16,557 )     (16,590 )
    Unearned compensation ─ ESOP     (11,527 )     (11,818 )     (12,110 )     (12,401 )     (12,693 )
    Total stockholders’ equity     513,886       505,500       504,589       497,657       493,682  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 3,089,836     $ 3,039,938     $ 3,015,969     $ 2,842,007     $ 2,818,702  
                                             

    Ponce Financial Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
    Consolidated Statements of Operations
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

        Three Months Ended  
        March 31,     December 31,     September 30,     June 30,     March 31,  
        2025     2024     2024     2024     2024  
    Interest and dividend income:                              
    Interest on loans receivable   $ 37,136     $ 35,622     $ 32,945     $ 31,281     $ 30,664  
    Interest on deposits due from banks     1,668       1,783       2,430       1,542       2,911  
    Interest and dividend on securities and FHLBNY stock     5,193       5,481       5,918       5,969       6,091  
    Total interest and dividend income     43,997       42,886       41,293       38,792       39,666  
    Interest expense:                              
    Interest on certificates of deposit     7,754       8,104       6,926       6,358       6,380  
    Interest on other deposits     8,554       8,476       8,519       7,389       6,540  
    Interest on borrowings     5,486       5,576       6,825       7,141       7,923  
    Total interest expense     21,794       22,156       22,270       20,888       20,843  
    Net interest income     22,203       20,730       19,023       17,904       18,823  
    (Benefit) provision for credit losses(1)     (285 )     897       537       (867 )     (16 )
    Net interest income after (benefit) provision for credit losses     22,488       19,833       18,486       18,771       18,839  
    Non-interest income:                              
    Service charges and fees     525       500       508       492       473  
    Brokerage commissions     4       44             9       8  
    Late and prepayment charges     697       318       77       426       359  
    Income on sale of mortgage loans     148       254       218       274       302  
    Income on sale of SBA loans     404       148                    
    Other     603       833       348       1,057       565  
    Total non-interest income     2,381       2,097       1,151       2,258       1,707  
    Non-interest expense:                              
    Compensation and benefits     7,780       7,668       7,674       7,724       7,844  
    Occupancy and equipment     3,913       3,863       3,786       3,564       3,667  
    Data processing expenses     1,152       1,143       1,099       1,013       1,127  
    Direct loan expenses     388       617       573       633       732  
    Insurance and surety bond premiums     315       293       292       263       253  
    Office supplies, telephone and postage     170       294       222       233       249  
    Professional fees     1,364       1,703       1,351       1,369       1,723  
    Microloans recoveries           (29 )     (54 )     (65 )     (53 )
    Marketing and promotional expenses     83       289       180       145       100  
    Federal deposit insurance and regulatory assessment(2)     461       418       392       428       389  
    Other operating expenses(2)     1,262       1,206       1,051       1,333       755  
    Total non-interest expense(1)     16,888       17,465       16,566       16,640       16,786  
    Income before income taxes     7,981       4,465       3,071       4,389       3,760  
    Provision for income taxes     2,022       1,532       638       1,197       1,346  
    Net income   $ 5,959     $ 2,933     $ 2,433     $ 3,192     $ 2,414  
    Dividends on preferred shares     281       282       281       75        
    Net income available to common stockholders   $ 5,678     $ 2,651     $ 2,152     $ 3,117     $ 2,414  
    Earnings per common share:                              
    Basic   $ 0.25     $ 0.12     $ 0.10     $ 0.14     $ 0.11  
    Diluted   $ 0.25     $ 0.12     $ 0.10     $ 0.14     $ 0.11  
    Weighted average common shares outstanding:                              
    Basic     22,662,916       22,528,160       22,446,009       22,409,803       22,353,492  
    Diluted     22,876,740       22,807,644       22,612,028       22,419,309       22,366,728  
                                             

    (1) For the three months ended December 31, 2024, September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024, and March 31, 2024, (benefit) provision for contingencies in the amounts of ($0.2 million), ($0.3 million), ($0.5 million) and $0.2 million were reclassified from total non-interest expense to (benefit) provision for credit losses.

    (2) For the three months ended September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024, and March 31, 2024, $0.3 million of federal deposit insurance was reclassified from other operating expenses to federal deposit insurance and regulatory assessments and $0.1 million of directors’ fees were reclassified from federal deposit insurance and regulatory assessments to other operating expenses for each periods.


    Ponce Financial Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries

    Consolidated Statements of Operations
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

        For the Three Months Ended March 31,  
        2025     2024     Variance $     Variance %  
    Interest and dividend income:                        
    Interest on loans receivable   $ 37,136     $ 30,664     $ 6,472       21.11 %
    Interest on deposits due from banks     1,668       2,911       (1,243 )     (42.70 %)
    Interest and dividend on securities and FHLBNY stock     5,193       6,091       (898 )     (14.74 %)
    Total interest and dividend income     43,997       39,666       4,331       10.92 %
    Interest expense:                        
    Interest on certificates of deposit     7,754       6,380       1,374       21.54 %
    Interest on other deposits     8,554       6,540       2,014       30.80 %
    Interest on borrowings     5,486       7,923       (2,437 )     (30.76 %)
    Total interest expense     21,794       20,843       951       4.56 %
    Net interest income     22,203       18,823       3,380       17.96 %
    Benefit for credit losses (1)     (285 )     (16 )     (269 )     1,681.25 %
    Net interest income after benefit for credit losses     22,488       18,839       3,649       19.37 %
    Non-interest income:                        
    Service charges and fees     525       473       52       10.99 %
    Brokerage commissions     4       8       (4 )     (50.00 %)
    Late and prepayment charges     697       359       338       94.15 %
    Income on sale of mortgage loans     148       302       (154 )     (50.99 %)
    Income on sale of SBA loans     404             404       %
    Other     603       565       38       6.73 %
    Total non-interest income     2,381       1,707       674       39.48 %
    Non-interest expense:                        
    Compensation and benefits     7,780       7,844       (64 )     (0.82 %)
    Occupancy and equipment     3,913       3,667       246       6.71 %
    Data processing expenses     1,152       1,127       25       2.22 %
    Direct loan expenses     388       732       (344 )     (46.99 %)
    Insurance and surety bond premiums     315       253       62       24.51 %
    Office supplies, telephone and postage     170       249       (79 )     (31.73 %)
    Professional fees     1,364       1,723       (359 )     (20.84 %)
    Microloans recoveries           (53 )     53       (100.00 %)
    Marketing and promotional expenses     83       100       (17 )     (17.00 %)
    Federal deposit insurance and regulatory assessments (2)     461       389       72       18.51 %
    Other operating expenses (2)     1,262       755       507       67.15 %
    Total non-interest expense (1)     16,888       16,786       102       0.61 %
    Income before income taxes     7,981       3,760       4,221       112.26 %
    Provision for income taxes     2,022       1,346       676       50.22 %
    Net income   $ 5,959     $ 2,414     $ 3,545       146.85 %
    Dividends on preferred shares     281             281       %
    Net income available to common stockholders   $ 5,678     $ 2,414     $ 3,264       135.21 %
    Earnings per common share:                        
    Basic   $ 0.25     $ 0.11     $ 0.14       127.27 %
    Diluted   $ 0.25     $ 0.11     $ 0.14       127.27 %
    Weighted average common shares outstanding:                        
    Basic     22,662,916       22,353,492       309,424       1.38 %
    Diluted     22,876,740       22,366,728       510,012       2.28 %
     

    (1) For the three months ended March 31, 2024, provision for contingencies in the amount of $0.2 million were reclassified from total non-interest expense to benefit for credit losses.

    (2) For the three months ended March 31, 2024, $0.3 million of federal deposit insurance was reclassified from other operating expenses to federal deposit insurance and regulatory assessments and $0.1 million of directors’ fees were reclassified from federal deposit insurance and regulatory assessments to other operating expenses.  


    Ponce Financial Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries

    Loans Receivable excluding Mortgage Loans Held for Sale

        As of  
        March 31,     December 31,     September 30,     June 30,     March 31,  
        2025     2024     2024     2024     2024  
        Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
           
        (Dollars in thousands)  
    Mortgage loans:                                                            
    1-4 family residential                                                            
    Investor Owned   $ 325,866       13.62 %   $ 330,053       14.30 %   $ 332,380       15.09 %   $ 337,292       16.49 %   $ 339,331       16.92 %
    Owner-Occupied     137,676       5.75 %     142,363       6.17 %     145,065       6.59 %     147,485       7.21 %     150,842       7.52 %
    Multifamily residential     675,541       28.24 %     670,159       29.04 %     678,029       30.78 %     545,323       26.66 %     545,825       27.22 %
    Nonresidential properties     390,681       16.33 %     389,898       16.89 %     383,277       17.40 %     337,583       16.51 %     327,350       16.32 %
    Construction and land     815,425       34.08 %     733,660       31.79 %     631,461       28.67 %     641,879       31.39 %     608,665       30.35 %
    Total mortgage loans     2,345,189       98.02 %     2,266,133       98.19 %     2,170,212       98.53 %     2,009,562       98.26 %     1,972,013       98.33 %
    Non-mortgage loans:                                                            
    Business loans     46,329       1.94 %     40,849       1.77 %     28,499       1.29 %     30,222       1.48 %     26,664       1.33 %
    Consumer loans(1)     997       0.04 %     1,038       0.04 %     4,021       0.18 %     5,305       0.26 %     6,741       0.34 %
    Total non-mortgage loans     47,326       1.98 %     41,887       1.81 %     32,520       1.47 %     35,527       1.74 %     33,405       1.67 %
    Total loans, gross     2,392,515       100.00 %     2,308,020       100.00 %     2,202,732       100.00 %     2,045,089       100.00 %     2,005,418       100.00 %
    Net deferred loan origination costs     1,390             1,081             1,565             1,145             674        
    Allowance for credit losses on loans     (22,974 )           (22,502 )           (23,966 )           (24,061 )           (24,664 )      
    Loans, net   $ 2,370,931           $ 2,286,599           $ 2,180,331           $ 2,022,173           $ 1,981,428        
                                                                           

    (1)   As of September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024, and March 31, 2024, consumer loans include $3.0 million, $4.3 million, and $5.7 million, respectively, of microloans originated by the Bank. As of December 31, 2024, these microloans were charged-off.


    Ponce Financial Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries

    Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans

        For the Three Months Ended  
        March 31,     December 31,     September 30,     June 30,     March 31,  
        2024     2024     2024     2024     2024  
           
        (Dollars in thousands)  
    Allowance for credit losses on loans at beginning of the period   $ 22,502     $ 23,966     $ 24,061     $ 24,664     $ 26,154  
    Provision (benefit) for credit losses on loans     731       1,090       801       (120 )     (255 )
    Charge-offs:                              
    Mortgage loans:                              
    1-4 family residences                              
    Investor owned     (38 )                        
    Owner occupied                              
    Multifamily residences                              
    Nonresidential properties                 (7 )            
    Construction and land                              
    Non-mortgage loans:                              
    Business     (222 )     (232 )     (450 )           (52 )
    Consumer     (3 )     (2,465 )     (634 )     (747 )     (1,302 )
    Total charge-offs     (263 )     (2,697 )     (1,091 )     (747 )     (1,354 )
    Recoveries:                              
    Non-mortgage loans:                              
    Business     4             1       7       1  
    Consumer           143       194       257       118  
    Total recoveries     4       143       195       264       119  
    Net (charge-offs) recoveries     (259 )     (2,554 )     (896 )     (483 )     (1,235 )
    Allowance for credit losses on loans at end of the period   $ 22,974     $ 22,502     $ 23,966     $ 24,061     $ 24,664  
                                             

    Ponce Financial Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
    Deposits

        As of  
        March 31,     December 31,     September 30,     June 30,     March 31,  
        2025     2024     2024     2024     2024  
        Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
           
        (Dollars in thousands)  
    Demand   $ 212,139       10.58 %   $ 169,178       8.98 %   $ 182,737       9.78 %   $ 178,125       11.09 %   $ 191,541       12.07 %
    Interest-bearing deposits:                                                            
    NOW/IOLA accounts     74,430       3.71 %     62,616       3.32 %     71,445       3.82 %     81,178       5.05 %     73,202       4.62 %
    Money market accounts     692,753       34.55 %     636,219       33.75 %     660,168       35.30 %     502,255       31.27 %     482,344       30.42 %
    Reciprocal deposits     141,838       7.07 %     130,677       6.93 %     94,145       5.03 %     109,945       6.85 %     97,718       6.16 %
    Savings accounts     106,122       5.29 %     105,870       5.62 %     108,941       5.82 %     109,694       6.83 %     112,713       7.11 %
    Total NOW, money market, reciprocal and savings accounts     1,015,143       50.62 %     935,382       49.62 %     934,699       49.97 %     803,072       50.00 %     765,977       48.31 %
    Certificates of deposit of $250K or more(1)     219,721       10.96 %     204,293       10.84 %     210,262       11.25 %     189,683       11.82 %     183,478       11.57 %
    Brokered certificates of deposit(2)     84,531       4.22 %     94,531       5.02 %     94,531       5.05 %     94,614       5.89 %     94,689       5.97 %
    Listing service deposits(2)     6,140       0.31 %     7,376       0.39 %     7,376       0.39 %     9,361       0.58 %     12,688       0.80 %
    All other certificates of deposit less than $250K(1)     467,273       23.31 %     474,104       25.15 %     440,718       23.56 %     331,242       20.62 %     337,411       21.28 %
    Total certificates of deposit     777,665       38.80 %     780,304       41.40 %     752,887       40.25 %     624,900       38.91 %     628,266       39.62 %
    Total interest-bearing deposits     1,792,808       89.42 %     1,715,686       91.02 %     1,687,586       90.22 %     1,427,972       88.91 %     1,394,243       87.93 %
    Total deposits   $ 2,004,947       100.00 %   $ 1,884,864       100.00 %   $ 1,870,323       100.00 %   $ 1,606,097       100.00 %   $ 1,585,784       100.00 %
                                                                                     

    (1) As of September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024 and March 31, 2024, $36.2 million, $33.5 million and $37.2 million, respectively, were reclassified from all other certificates of deposit less than $250K to certificates of deposit of $250K or more.

    (2) There were no individual listing service deposits amounting to $250,000 or more. There was one brokered certificates of deposit in the amount of $1.5 million amounting to $250,000 or more. All other brokered certificates of deposit individually amounted to less than $250,000.


    Ponce Financial Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries

    Nonperforming Assets

        As of Three Months Ended  
        March 31,     December 31,     September 30,     June 30,     March 31,  
        2025     2024     2024     2024     2024  
           
        (Dollars in thousands)  
    Non-accrual loans:                              
    Mortgage loans:                              
    1-4 family residential                              
    Investor owned   $ 1,052     $ 436     $ 436     $ 436     $ 399  
    Owner occupied     1,423       1,423       1,423       1,423       1,426  
    Multifamily residential     9,788       10,271       4,685       5,754       4,098  
    Nonresidential properties                 824       828       441  
    Construction and land     14,159       14,158       8,907       8,907       10,277  
    Non-mortgage loans:                              
    Business     170       343       180       396       146  
    Consumer                              
    Total non-accrual loans (not including non-accruing modifications to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty)(1)   $ 26,592     $ 26,631     $ 16,455     $ 17,744     $ 16,787  
                                   
    Non-accruing modifications to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty(1):                              
    Mortgage loans:                              
    1-4 family residential                              
    Investor owned   $ 279     $ 279     $ 278     $ 277     $ 270  
    Owner occupied     431       435       444       448       447  
    Multifamily residential                              
    Nonresidential properties                              
    Construction and land                              
    Non-mortgage loans:                              
    Business                              
    Consumer                              
    Total non-accruing modifications to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty(1)     710       714       722       725       717  
    Total non-accrual loans(2)   $ 27,302     $ 27,345     $ 17,177     $ 18,469     $ 17,504  
                                   
    Accruing modifications to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty (1):                              
    Mortgage loans:                              
    1-4 family residential                              
    Investor owned   $ 1,792     $ 1,807     $ 1,821     $ 1,830     $ 1,850  
    Owner occupied     2,038       2,062       2,116       2,171       2,288  
    Multifamily residential                              
    Nonresidential properties     644       652       672       707       748  
    Construction and land                              
    Non-mortgage loans:                              
    Business     209       215       222              
    Consumer                              
    Total accruing modifications to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty(1)   $ 4,683     $ 4,736     $ 4,831     $ 4,708     $ 4,886  
    Total non-performing assets and accruing modifications to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty(1)   $ 31,985     $ 32,081     $ 22,008     $ 23,177     $ 22,390  
    Total non-performing assets to total assets     0.88 %     0.90 %     0.57 %     0.65 %     0.62 %
                                             

    (1) Balances include both modifications to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty, in accordance with ASU 2022-02 adopted on January 1, 2023, and previously existing troubled debt restructurings.

    (2) Includes nonperforming mortgage loans held for sale.


    Ponce Financial Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries

    Average Balance Sheets

        For the Three Months Ended March 31,
        2025     2024  
        Average               Average            
        Outstanding           Average   Outstanding           Average
        Balance     Interest     Yield/Rate(1)   Balance     Interest     Yield/Rate(1)
         
        (Dollars in thousands)
    Interest-earning assets:                                
    Loans(2)   $ 2,369,433     $ 37,136     6.36 %   $ 1,979,263     $ 30,664     6.23 %
    Securities(3)     467,560       4,521     3.92 %     576,235       5,619     3.92 %
    Other(4)     186,021       2,340     5.10 %     238,432       3,383     5.71 %
    Total interest-earning assets     3,023,014       43,997     5.90 %     2,793,930       39,666     5.71 %
    Non-interest-earning assets     109,166                 106,566            
    Total assets   $ 3,132,180               $ 2,900,496            
    Interest-bearing liabilities:                                
    NOW/IOLA   $ 72,354     $ 115     0.64 %   $ 82,849     $ 218     1.06 %
    Money market     827,948       8,411     4.12 %     544,563       6,292     4.65 %
    Savings     105,171       26     0.10 %     113,501       28     0.10 %
    Certificates of deposit     794,270       7,754     3.96 %     629,528       6,380     4.08 %
    Total deposits     1,799,743       16,306     3.67 %     1,370,441       12,918     3.79 %
    Advance payments by borrowers     12,445       2     0.07 %     12,886       2     0.06 %
    Borrowings     568,601       5,486     3.91 %     771,070       7,923     4.13 %
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     2,380,789       21,794     3.71 %     2,154,397       20,843     3.89 %
    Non-interest-bearing liabilities:                                
    Non-interest-bearing demand     196,627                 198,862            
    Other non-interest-bearing liabilities     43,915                 54,061            
    Total non-interest-bearing liabilities     240,542                 252,923            
    Total liabilities     2,621,331       21,794           2,407,320       20,843      
    Total equity     510,849                 493,176            
    Total liabilities and total equity   $ 3,132,180           3.71 %   $ 2,900,496           3.89 %
    Net interest income         $ 22,203               $ 18,823      
    Net interest rate spread(5)               2.19 %               1.82 %
    Net interest-earning assets(6)   $ 642,225               $ 639,533            
    Net interest margin(7)               2.98 %               2.71 %
    Average interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities               126.98 %               129.69 %
                                         
     

    (1) Annualized where appropriate.
    (2) Loans include loans and mortgage loans held for sale, at fair value.
    (3) Securities include available-for-sale securities and held-to-maturity securities.
    (4) Includes FHLBNY demand account, FHLBNY stock dividends and FRBNY demand deposits.
    (5) Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average rate of interest-bearing liabilities.
    (6) Net interest-earning assets represent total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities.
    (7) Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.


    Ponce Financial Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries

    Other Data

        As of  
        March 31,     December 31,     September 30,     June 30,     March 31,  
        2025     2024     2024     2024     2024  
    Other Data                              
    Common shares issued     24,886,711       24,886,711       24,886,711       24,886,711       24,886,711  
    Less treasury shares     920,520       925,497       1,067,248       1,074,979       1,096,214  
    Common shares outstanding at end of period     23,966,191       23,961,214       23,819,463       23,811,732       23,790,497  
                                   
    Book value per common share   $ 12.05     $ 11.71     $ 11.74     $ 11.45     $ 11.29  
    Tangible book value per common share   $ 12.05     $ 11.71     $ 11.74     $ 11.45     $ 11.29  
                                             

    Contact:
    Sergio J. Vaccaro
    sergio.vaccaro@poncebank.net
    718-931-9000

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI Submissions: Household living-costs price indexes: March 2025 quarter – cancelled

    Household living-costs price indexes: March 2025 quarter – cancelled

    23 April 2025

    The Household living-costs price indexes: March 2025 quarter (HLPI) has been cancelled and will not be released on 1 May 2025.  

    This is due to a range of technical data processing challenges in updating and applying the weights for the HLPIs, following the Consumers price index review: 2024.

    We are working with our customers to understand the impacts of this and to find a solution, and we will provide a further update.

    New weights from the Consumers price index review: 2024 have been successfully implemented in the selected price indexes and the CPI. However, updating and applying these to the HLPI has been much more complicated.

    Cancelling the March 2025 edition of Household living-costs price indexes does not affect the quarterly CPI. Our economic data remains reliable, fit-for-purpose, and within international best practice. 

    The HLPI is used as an input for one of the measures of child poverty statistics. A key part of our solution will be to ensure we deliver on our obligations to measure child poverty.    

    We apologise for any inconvenience this causes.  

    Ends

    For media enquiries contact: Yvette Preece, Wellington, 021 285 9191, media@stats.govt.nz

    The Government Statistician authorises all statistics and data we publish.

    If you wish to change your details or unsubscribe please email subscriptions@stats.govt.nz.

    Thank you for using the Stats NZ subscription service.

    Publishing team
    +64 4 931 4600
    publishing@stats.govt.nz

    www.stats.govt.nz

    More information is available on the Stats NZ website at www.stats.govt.nz

     Follow us on Twitter

     Like us on Facebook  


    MIL OSI

  • MIL-OSI New Zealand: Household living-costs price indexes: March 2025 quarter – cancelled

    Household living-costs price indexes: March 2025 quarter – cancelled

    23 April 2025

    The Household living-costs price indexes: March 2025 quarter (HLPI) has been cancelled and will not be released on 1 May 2025.  

    This is due to a range of technical data processing challenges in updating and applying the weights for the HLPIs, following the Consumers price index review: 2024.

    We are working with our customers to understand the impacts of this and to find a solution, and we will provide a further update.

    New weights from the Consumers price index review: 2024 have been successfully implemented in the selected price indexes and the CPI. However, updating and applying these to the HLPI has been much more complicated.

    Cancelling the March 2025 edition of Household living-costs price indexes does not affect the quarterly CPI. Our economic data remains reliable, fit-for-purpose, and within international best practice. 

    The HLPI is used as an input for one of the measures of child poverty statistics. A key part of our solution will be to ensure we deliver on our obligations to measure child poverty.    

    We apologise for any inconvenience this causes.  

    Ends

    For media enquiries contact: Yvette Preece, Wellington, 021 285 9191, media@stats.govt.nz

    The Government Statistician authorises all statistics and data we publish.

    If you wish to change your details or unsubscribe please email subscriptions@stats.govt.nz.

    Thank you for using the Stats NZ subscription service.

    Publishing team
    +64 4 931 4600
    publishing@stats.govt.nz
    www.stats.govt.nz

    More information is available on the Stats NZ website at www.stats.govt.nz

     Follow us on Twitter

     Like us on Facebook  


    MIL OSI New Zealand News

  • MIL-OSI Economics: Phillips 66 Reports First-Quarter Results

    Source: Phillips

    Reported first-quarter earnings of $487 million or $1.18 per share; adjusted loss of $368 million or $0.90 per share; including $246 million of pre-tax accelerated depreciation on Los Angeles Refinery
    Returned $716 million to shareholders through dividends and share repurchases
    Received $2.0 billion in cash proceeds from the previously announced sales of non-operated equity interests in Coop Mineraloel AG and Gulf Coast Express Pipeline LLC
    Sanctioned construction of new gas processing plant in the Permian
    Recently closed on acquisition of EPIC Y-Grade GP, LLC and EPIC Y-Grade LP

    HOUSTON–(BUSINESS WIRE)– Phillips 66 (NYSE: PSX), a leading integrated downstream energy provider, announced first-quarter earnings.
    “Our results reflect not only a challenging macro environment, but also the impact from one of our largest-ever spring turnaround programs, managed safely, on-time and under budget. Our assets, not impacted by planned maintenance, ran well,” said Mark Lashier, chairman and CEO of Phillips 66. “With the bulk of our turnarounds behind us, we are well positioned to capture stronger margins as the year unfolds.
    “The acquisition of EPIC NGL earlier this month, and today’s announcement that we are constructing a new gas plant in the Permian, furthers our integrated NGL wellhead-to-market strategy, providing stable cash flow in uncertain market environments, enabling us to consistently return over 50% of net operating cash flow to shareholders.”
    Financial Results Summary (in millions of dollars, except as indicated)

     

     

    1Q 2025

    4Q 2024

    Earnings

    $

    487

    8

    Adjusted (Loss)1

     

    (368)

    (61)

    Adjusted EBITDA1

     

    736

    1,130

    Earnings (Loss) Per Share

     

     

    Earnings Per Share – Diluted

     

    1.18

    0.01

    Adjusted (Loss) Per Share – Diluted1

     

    (0.90)

    (0.15)

    Cash Flow From Operations

     

    187

    1,198

    Cash Flow From Operations, Excluding Working Capital1

     

    259

    901

    Capital Expenditures & Investments2

     

    423

    506

    Return of Capital to Shareholders

     

    716

    1,119

    Repurchases of common stock

     

    247

    647

    Dividends paid on common stock

     

    469

    472

    Cash

     

    1,489

    1,738

    Debt

     

    18,803

    20,062

    Debt-to-capital ratio

     

    40%

    41%

    Net debt-to-capital ratio1

     

    38%

    39%

    1Represents a non-GAAP financial measure. Reconciliations of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP financial measure are included within this release.

    2Excludes net acquisitions of $58 million in the fourth quarter of 2024.

    Segment Financial and Operating Highlights (in millions of dollars, except as indicated)

     

    1Q 2025

    4Q 2024

    Change

    Earnings (Loss)1

    $

    487

    8

    479

    Midstream

     

    751

    673

    78

    Chemicals

     

    113

    107

    6

    Refining

     

    (937)

    (775)

    (162)

    Marketing and Specialties

     

    1,282

    252

    1,030

    Renewable Fuels

     

    (185)

    28

    (213)

    Corporate and Other

     

    (376)

    (298)

    (78)

    Income tax (expense) benefit

     

    (122)

    38

    (160)

    Noncontrolling interests

     

    (39)

    (17)

    (22)

     

     

     

     

    Adjusted Earnings (Loss)1,2

    $

    (368)

    (61)

    (307)

    Midstream

     

    683

    708

    (25)

    Chemicals

     

    113

    72

    41

    Refining

     

    (937)

    (759)

    (178)

    Marketing and Specialties

     

    265

    185

    80

    Renewable Fuels

     

    (185)

    28

    (213)

    Corporate and Other

     

    (355)

    (294)

    (61)

    Income tax benefit

     

    78

    16

    62

    Noncontrolling interests

     

    (30)

    (17)

    (13)

     

     

     

     

    Adjusted EBITDA2

    $

    736

    1,130

    (394)

    Midstream

     

    885

    938

    (53)

    Chemicals

     

    244

    209

    35

    Refining

     

    (452)

    (298)

    (154)

    Marketing and Specialties

     

    315

    307

    8

    Renewable Fuels

     

    (162)

    50

    (212)

    Corporate and Other

     

    (94)

    (76)

    (18)

     

     

     

     

    Operating Highlights

     

     

     

    Pipeline Throughput – Y-Grade to Market (MB/D)3

     

    704

    759

    (55)

    Chemicals Global O&P Capacity Utilization

     

    100%

    98%

    2%

    Refining

     

     

     

    Turnaround Expense

     

    270

    123

    147

    Realized Margin ($/BBL)2

     

    6.81

    6.08

    0.73

    Crude Capacity Utilization

     

    80%

    94%

    (14%)

    Clean Product Yield

     

    87%

    88%

    (1%)

    Renewable Fuels Produced (MB/D)

     

    44

    42

    2

    1Segment reporting is pre-tax.

    2Represents a non-GAAP financial measure. Reconciliations of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP financial measure are included within this release.

    3Represents volumes delivered to major fractionation hubs, including Mont Belvieu, Sweeny and Conway. Includes 100% of DCP Midstream Class A Segment and Phillips 66’s direct interest in DCP Sand Hills Pipeline, LLC and DCP Southern Hills Pipeline, LLC.

    First-Quarter 2025 Financial Results
    Reported earnings were $487 million for the first quarter of 2025 versus $8 million in the fourth quarter of 2024. First-quarter earnings included pre-tax special item adjustments of $1.0 billion in the Marketing and Specialties segment, $68 million in the Midstream segment and $(21) million impacting the Corporate and Other segment. Adjusted losses for the first quarter were $368 million versus $61 million in the fourth quarter.
    Midstream first-quarter 2025 adjusted pre-tax income decreased compared with the fourth quarter mainly due to lower volumes, partially offset by higher margins primarily driven by gathering and processing results.
    Chemicals adjusted pre-tax income increased mainly due to higher volumes and lower costs.
    Refining adjusted pre-tax loss increased primarily due to lower volumes and higher costs driven by planned turnaround activity, partially offset by increased realized margins from higher market crack spreads.
    Marketing and Specialties adjusted pre-tax income increased primarily due to stronger international results.
    Renewable Fuels pre-tax results decreased primarily due to the transition from blenders tax credits to production tax credits, inventory impacts and lower international results.
    Corporate and Other adjusted pre-tax loss increased mainly due to higher net interest expense, a decrease in the fair value of the company’s investment in NOVONIX and timing of charitable contributions. The company’s first-quarter effective tax rate was 19%.
    As of March 31, 2025, the company had $1.5 billion of cash and cash equivalents and $5.4 billion of committed capacity available under credit facilities. Total debt was $18.8 billion, a reduction of $1.3 billion from the prior quarter.
    Business Highlights and Strategic Priorities Progress
    Distributed $14.3 billion to shareholders through share repurchases and dividends since July 2022.
    Recently announced a $0.05 per share quarterly dividend increase, reflecting our commitment to a secure, competitive and growing dividend.
    Advanced wellhead-to-market strategy with the announcement of the Iron Mesa gas plant, a 300 MMCF/D facility in the Permian providing gas processing services for Delaware and Midland Basin production. This plant is expected to commence operations in the first quarter of 2027.
    Completed Sweeny Refinery crude flexibility project during the first quarter turnaround, enabling approximately 40 MBD of switching capability between heavy and light crudes.
    Investor Webcast
    Members of Phillips 66 executive management will host a webcast at noon ET to provide an update on the company’s strategic initiatives and discuss the company’s first-quarter performance. To access the webcast and view related presentation materials, go to phillips66.com/investors and click on “Events & Presentations.” For detailed supplemental information, go to phillips66.com/supplemental.
    About Phillips 66
    Phillips 66 (NYSE: PSX) is a leading integrated downstream energy provider that manufactures, transports and markets products that drive the global economy. The company’s portfolio includes Midstream, Chemicals, Refining, Marketing and Specialties, and Renewable Fuels businesses. Headquartered in Houston, Phillips 66 has employees around the globe who are committed to safely and reliably providing energy and improving lives while pursuing a lower-carbon future. For more information, visit phillips66.com or follow @Phillips66Co on LinkedIn.
    Use of Non-GAAP Financial Information—This news release includes the terms “adjusted earnings (loss),” “adjusted pre-tax income (loss),” “adjusted EBITDA,” “adjusted earnings (loss) per share,” “refining realized margin per barrel,” “cash from operations, excluding working capital,” and “net debt-to-capital ratio.” These are non-GAAP financial measures that are included to help facilitate comparisons of operating performance across periods, to help facilitate comparisons with other companies in our industry and to help facilitate determination of enterprise value. Where applicable, these measures exclude items that do not reflect the core operating results of our businesses in the current period or other adjustments to reflect how management analyzes results. Reconciliations of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP financial measure are included within this release.
    References in the release to earnings refer to net income attributable to Phillips 66.
    Basis of Presentation— Effective April 1, 2024, we changed the internal financial information reviewed by our chief executive officer to evaluate performance and allocate resources to our operating segments. This included changes in the composition of our operating segments, as well as measurement changes for certain activities between our operating segments. The primary effects of this realignment included establishment of a Renewable Fuels operating segment, which includes renewable fuels activities and assets historically reported in our Refining, Marketing and Specialties (M&S), and Midstream segments; change in method of allocating results for certain Gulf Coast distillate export activities from our M&S segment to our Refining segment; reclassification of certain crude oil and international clean products trading activities between our M&S segment and our Refining segment; and change in reporting of our investment in NOVONIX from our Midstream segment to Corporate and Other. Accordingly, prior period results have been recast for comparability.
    In the third quarter of 2024, we began presenting the line item “Capital expenditures and investments” on our consolidated statement of cash flows exclusive of acquisitions, net of cash acquired. Accordingly, prior period information has been reclassified for comparability.
    Cautionary Statement for the Purposes of the “Safe Harbor” Provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995—This news release contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws relating to Phillips 66’s operations, strategy and performance. Words such as “anticipated,” “estimated,” “expected,” “planned,” “scheduled,” “targeted,” “believe,” “continue,” “intend,” “will,” “would,” “objective,” “goal,” “project,” “efforts,” “strategies,” “priorities” and similar expressions that convey the prospective nature of events or outcomes generally indicate forward-looking statements. However, the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. Forward-looking statements included in this news release are based on management’s expectations, estimates and projections as of the date they are made. These statements are not guarantees of future events or performance, and you should not unduly rely on them as they involve certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. Therefore, actual outcomes and results may differ materially from what is expressed or forecast in such forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause actual results or events to differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements include: changes in governmental policies relating to NGL, crude oil, natural gas, refined petroleum or renewable fuels products pricing, regulation or taxation, including exports; our ability to timely obtain or maintain permits, including those necessary for capital projects; fluctuations in NGL, crude oil, refined petroleum products, renewable fuels, renewable feedstocks and natural gas prices, and refined product, marketing and petrochemical margins; the effects of any widespread public health crisis and its negative impact on commercial activity and demand for our products; changes to government policies relating to renewable fuels and greenhouse gas emissions that adversely affect programs including the renewable fuel standards program, low carbon fuel standards and tax credits for biofuels; liability resulting from pending or future litigation or other legal proceedings; liability for remedial actions, including removal and reclamation obligations under environmental regulations; unexpected changes in costs or technical requirements for constructing, modifying or operating our facilities or transporting our products; our ability to successfully complete, or any material delay in the completion of, any asset disposition, acquisition, shutdown or conversion that we may pursue, including receipt of any necessary regulatory approvals or permits related thereto; unexpected technological or commercial difficulties in manufacturing, refining or transporting our products, including chemical products; the level and success of producers’ drilling plans and the amount and quality of production volumes around our midstream assets; risks and uncertainties with respect to the actions of actual or potential competitive suppliers and transporters of refined petroleum products, renewable fuels or specialty products; changes in the cost or availability of adequate and reliable transportation for our NGL, crude oil, natural gas and refined petroleum and renewable fuels products; failure to complete definitive agreements and feasibility studies for, and to complete construction of, announced and future capital projects on time or within budget; our ability to comply with governmental regulations or make capital expenditures to maintain compliance; limited access to capital or significantly higher cost of capital related to our credit profile or illiquidity or uncertainty in the domestic or international financial markets; damage to our facilities due to accidents, weather and climate events, civil unrest, insurrections, political events, terrorism or cyberattacks; domestic and international economic and political developments including armed hostilities, such as the war in Eastern Europe, instability in the financial services and banking sector, excess inflation, expropriation of assets and changes in fiscal policy, including interest rates; international monetary conditions and exchange controls; changes in estimates or projections used to assess fair value of intangible assets, goodwill and properties, plants and equipment and/or strategic decisions or other developments with respect to our asset portfolio that cause impairment charges; substantial investments required, or reduced demand for products, as a result of existing or future environmental rules and regulations, including greenhouse gas emissions reductions and reduced consumer demand for refined petroleum products; changes in tax, environmental and other laws and regulations (including alternative energy mandates) applicable to our business; political and societal concerns about climate change that could result in changes to our business or increase expenditures, including litigation-related expenses; the operation, financing and distribution decisions of our joint ventures that we do not control; the potential impact of activist shareholder actions or tactics; and other economic, business, competitive and/or regulatory factors affecting Phillips 66’s businesses generally as set forth in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Phillips 66 is under no obligation (and expressly disclaims any such obligation) to update or alter its forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

    Earnings (Loss)

     

     

     

     

     

    Millions of Dollars

     

    2025

     

    2024

     

    1Q

     

    4Q

    1Q

    Midstream

    $

    751

     

     

    673

     

    554

     

    Chemicals

     

    113

     

     

    107

     

    205

     

    Refining

     

    (937

    )

     

    (775

    )

    216

     

    Marketing and Specialties

     

    1,282

     

     

    252

     

    366

     

    Renewable Fuels

     

    (185

    )

     

    28

     

    (55

    )

    Corporate and Other

     

    (376

    )

     

    (298

    )

    (322

    )

    Pre-Tax Income (Loss)

     

    648

     

     

    (13

    )

    964

     

    Less: Income tax expense (benefit)

     

    122

     

     

    (38

    )

    203

     

    Less: Noncontrolling interests

     

    39

     

     

    17

     

    13

     

    Phillips 66

    $

    487

     

     

    8

     

    748

     

     

     

     

     

     

    Adjusted Earnings (Loss)

     

     

     

     

     

    Millions of Dollars

     

    2025

     

    2024

     

    1Q

     

    4Q

    1Q

    Midstream

    $

    683

     

     

    708

     

    613

     

    Chemicals

     

    113

     

     

    72

     

    205

     

    Refining

     

    (937

    )

     

    (759

    )

    313

     

    Marketing and Specialties

     

    265

     

     

    185

     

    307

     

    Renewable Fuels

     

    (185

    )

     

    28

     

    (55

    )

    Corporate and Other

     

    (355

    )

     

    (294

    )

    (322

    )

    Pre-Tax Income (Loss)

     

    (416

    )

     

    (60

    )

    1,061

     

    Less: Income tax expense (benefit)

     

    (78

    )

     

    (16

    )

    226

     

    Less: Noncontrolling interests

     

    30

     

     

    17

     

    13

     

    Phillips 66

    $

    (368

    )

     

    (61

    )

    822

     

     

    Millions of Dollars

     

    Except as Indicated

     

    2025

     

    2024

     

    1Q

     

    4Q

    1Q

    Reconciliation of Consolidated Earnings to Adjusted Earnings (Loss)

     

     

     

     

    Consolidated Earnings

    $

    487

     

     

    8

     

    748

     

    Pre-tax adjustments:

     

     

     

     

    Certain tax impacts

     

     

     

    (9

    )

     

    Impairments

     

    21

     

     

    35

     

    163

     

    Net gain on asset dispositions1

     

    (1,085

    )

     

    (67

    )

     

    Winter-storm-related costs (recovery)

     

     

     

    (35

    )

     

    Los Angeles Refinery cessation costs

     

     

     

    7

     

     

    Legal accrual

     

     

     

    22

     

     

    Legal settlement

     

     

     

     

    (66

    )

    Tax impact of adjustments2

     

    200

     

     

    9

     

    (23

    )

    Other tax impacts

     

     

     

    (31

    )

     

    Noncontrolling interests

     

    9

     

     

     

     

    Adjusted earnings (loss)

    $

    (368

    )

     

    (61

    )

    822

     

    Earnings per share of common stock (dollars)

    $

    1.18

     

     

    0.01

     

    1.73

     

    Adjusted earnings (loss) per share of common stock (dollars)3

    $

    (0.90

    )

     

    (0.15

    )

    1.90

     

     

     

     

     

     

    Reconciliation of Segment Pre-Tax Income (Loss) to Adjusted Pre-Tax Income (Loss)

     

     

     

     

    Midstream Pre-Tax Income

    $

    751

     

     

    673

     

    554

     

    Pre-tax adjustments:

     

     

     

     

    Impairments

     

     

     

    35

     

    59

     

    Net gain on asset disposition1

     

    (68

    )

     

     

     

    Adjusted pre-tax income

    $

    683

     

     

    708

     

    613

     

    Chemicals Pre-Tax Income

    $

    113

     

     

    107

     

    205

     

    Pre-tax adjustments:

     

     

     

     

    Winter-storm-related costs (recovery)

     

     

     

    (35

    )

     

    Adjusted pre-tax income

    $

    113

     

     

    72

     

    205

     

    Refining Pre-Tax Income (Loss)

    $

    (937

    )

     

    (775

    )

    216

     

    Pre-tax adjustments:

     

     

     

     

    Impairments

     

     

     

     

    104

     

    Los Angeles Refinery cessation costs

     

     

     

    3

     

     

    Certain tax impacts

     

     

     

    (9

    )

     

    Net loss on asset disposition

     

     

     

     

     

    Legal accrual

     

     

     

    22

     

     

    Legal settlement

     

     

     

     

    (7

    )

    Adjusted pre-tax income (loss)

    $

    (937

    )

     

    (759

    )

    313

     

    Marketing and Specialties Pre-Tax Income (Loss)

    $

    1,282

     

     

    252

     

    366

     

    Pre-tax adjustments:

     

     

     

     

    Net gain on asset disposition1

     

    (1,017

    )

     

    (67

    )

     

    Legal settlement

     

     

     

     

    (59

    )

    Adjusted pre-tax income

    $

    265

     

     

    185

     

    307

     

    Renewable Fuels Pre-Tax Income (Loss)

    $

    (185

    )

     

    28

     

    (55

    )

    Pre-tax adjustments:

     

     

     

     

    None

     

     

     

     

     

    Adjusted pre-tax income (loss)

    $

    (185

    )

     

    28

     

    (55

    )

    Corporate and Other Pre-Tax Loss

    $

    (376

    )

     

    (298

    )

    (322

    )

    Pre-tax adjustments:

     

     

     

     

    Impairments

     

    21

     

     

     

     

    Los Angeles Refinery cessation costs

     

     

     

    4

     

     

    Adjusted pre-tax loss

    $

    (355

    )

     

    (294

    )

    (322

    )

     

     

     

     

     

    1 Gain on disposition of our 49% non-operated equity interest in Coop Mineraloel AG in 1Q 2025. In connection with this sale, a before-tax unrealized gain was recognized from a foreign currency derivative in 4Q 2024. These were reported in the Marketing and Specialties segment. There was also a gain on the disposition of DCP  Midstream, LP’s 25% interest in Gulf Coast Express Pipeline LLC, recognized in our Midstream segment.

    2We generally tax effect taxable U.S.-based special items using a combined federal and state annual statutory income tax rate of approximately 24%. Taxable special items attributable to foreign locations likewise generally use a local statutory income tax rate. Nontaxable events reflect zero income tax. These events include, but are not limited to, most goodwill impairments, transactions legislatively exempt from income tax, transactions related to entities for which we have made an assertion that the undistributed earnings are permanently reinvested, or transactions occurring in jurisdictions with a valuation allowance.

    31Q 2025, 4Q 2024 and 1Q 2024 are based on adjusted weighted-average diluted shares of 409,182 thousand, 411,687 thousand and 432,158 thousand respectively. Income allocated to participating securities, if applicable, in the adjusted earnings per share calculation is the same as that used in the GAAP diluted earnings per share calculation.

     

    Millions of Dollars

     

    Except as Indicated

     

    2025

    2024

     

    1Q

    4Q

    Reconciliation of Consolidated Net Income to Adjusted EBITDA

     

     

    Net Income

    $

    526

     

    25

     

    Plus:

     

     

    Income tax expense

     

    122

     

    (38

    )

    Net interest expense

     

    187

     

    168

     

    Depreciation and amortization

     

    791

     

    819

     

    Phillips 66 EBITDA

    $

    1,626

     

    974

     

    Special Item Adjustments (pre-tax):

     

     

    Certain tax impacts

     

     

    (9

    )

    Impairments

     

    21

     

    35

     

    Winter-storm-related costs (recovery)

     

     

    (35

    )

    Net gain on asset disposition

     

    (1,085

    )

    (67

    )

    Los Angeles Refinery cessation costs

     

     

    7

     

    Legal accrual

     

     

    22

     

    Total Special Item Adjustments (pre-tax)

     

    (1,064

    )

    (47

    )

    Change in Fair Value of NOVONIX Investment

     

    15

     

    1

     

    Phillips 66 EBITDA, Adjusted for Special Items and Change in Fair Value of NOVONIX Investment

    $

    577

     

    928

     

    Other Adjustments (pre-tax):

     

     

    Proportional share of selected equity affiliates income taxes

     

    18

     

    17

     

    Proportional share of selected equity affiliates net interest

     

    14

     

    14

     

    Proportional share of selected equity affiliates depreciation and amortization

     

    187

     

    209

     

    Adjusted EBITDA attributable to noncontrolling interests

     

    (60

    )

    (38

    )

    Phillips 66 Adjusted EBITDA

    $

    736

     

    1,130

     

     

     

     

    Reconciliation of Segment Income before Income Taxes to Adjusted EBITDA

     

     

    Midstream Income before income taxes

    $

    751

     

    673

     

    Plus:

     

     

    Depreciation and amortization

     

    233

     

    234

     

    Midstream EBITDA

    $

    984

     

    907

     

    Special Item Adjustments (pre-tax):

     

     

    Net gain on asset disposition

     

    (68

    )

     

    Impairments

     

     

    35

     

    Midstream EBITDA, Adjusted for Special Items

    $

    916

     

    942

     

    Other Adjustments (pre-tax):

     

     

    Proportional share of selected equity affiliates income taxes

     

    3

     

    3

     

    Proportional share of selected equity affiliates net interest

     

    3

     

    3

     

    Proportional share of selected equity affiliates depreciation and amortization

     

    23

     

    28

     

    Adjusted EBITDA attributable to noncontrolling interests

     

    (60

    )

    (38

    )

    Midstream Adjusted EBITDA

    $

    885

     

    938

     

    Chemicals Income before income taxes

    $

    113

     

    107

     

    Plus:

     

     

    None

     

     

     

    Chemicals EBITDA

    $

    113

     

    107

     

    Special Item Adjustments (pre-tax):

     

     

    Winter-storm-related costs (recovery)

     

     

    (35

    )

    Chemicals EBITDA, Adjusted for Special Items

    $

    113

     

    72

     

    Other Adjustments (pre-tax):

     

     

    Proportional share of selected equity affiliates income taxes

     

    13

     

    11

     

    Proportional share of selected equity affiliates net interest

     

    (1

    )

     

    Proportional share of selected equity affiliates depreciation and amortization

     

    119

     

    126

     

    Chemicals Adjusted EBITDA

    $

    244

     

    209

     

    Refining Loss before income taxes

    $

    (937

    )

    (775

    )

    Plus:

     

     

    Depreciation and amortization

     

    456

     

    435

     

    Refining EBITDA

    $

    (481

    )

    (340

    )

    Special Item Adjustments (pre-tax):

     

     

    Certain tax impacts

     

     

    (9

    )

    Los Angeles Refinery cessation costs

     

     

    3

     

    Legal accrual

     

     

    22

     

    Refining EBITDA, Adjusted for Special Items

    $

    (481

    )

    (324

    )

    Other Adjustments (pre-tax):

     

     

    Proportional share of selected equity affiliates income taxes

     

     

    (1

    )

    Proportional share of selected equity affiliates net interest

     

    2

     

     

    Proportional share of selected equity affiliates depreciation and amortization

     

    27

     

    27

     

    Refining Adjusted EBITDA

    $

    (452

    )

    (298

    )

    Marketing and Specialties Income before income taxes

    $

    1,282

     

    252

     

    Plus:

     

     

    Depreciation and amortization

     

    20

     

    79

     

    Marketing and Specialties EBITDA

    $

    1,302

     

    331

     

    Special Item Adjustments (pre-tax):

     

     

    Net gain on asset disposition

     

    (1,017

    )

    (67

    )

    Marketing and Specialties EBITDA, Adjusted for Special Items

    $

    285

     

    264

     

    Other Adjustments (pre-tax):

     

     

    Proportional share of selected equity affiliates income taxes

     

    2

     

    4

     

    Proportional share of selected equity affiliates net interest

     

    10

     

    11

     

    Proportional share of selected equity affiliates depreciation and amortization

     

    18

     

    28

     

    Marketing and Specialties Adjusted EBITDA

    $

    315

     

    307

     

    Renewable Fuels Income (loss) before income taxes

    $

    (185

    )

    28

     

    Plus:

     

     

    Depreciation and amortization

     

    23

     

    22

     

    Renewable Fuels EBITDA

    $

    (162

    )

    50

     

    Special Item Adjustments (pre-tax):

     

     

    None

     

     

     

    Renewable Fuels EBITDA, Adjusted for Special Items

    $

    (162

    )

    50

     

    Corporate and Other Loss before income taxes

    $

    (376

    )

    (298

    )

    Plus:

     

     

    Net interest expense

     

    187

     

    168

     

    Depreciation and amortization

     

    59

     

    49

     

    Corporate and Other EBITDA

    $

    (130

    )

    (81

    )

    Special Item Adjustments (pre-tax):

     

     

    Impairments

     

    21

     

     

    Los Angeles Refinery cessation costs

     

     

    4

     

    Total Special Item Adjustments (pre-tax)

     

    21

     

    4

     

    Change in Fair Value of NOVONIX Investment

     

    15

     

    1

     

    Corporate EBITDA, Adjusted for Special Items and Change in Fair Value of NOVONIX Investment

    $

    (94

    )

    (76

    )

     

    Millions of Dollars
    Except as Indicated

     

    Mar. 31, 2025

    Dec. 31, 2024

    Debt-to-Capital Ratio

     

     

    Total Debt

    $

    18,803

     

    $

    20,062

     

    Total Equity

     

    28,353

     

     

    28,463

     

    Debt-to-Capital Ratio

     

    40

    %

     

    41

    %

    Total Cash

     

    1,489

     

     

    1,738

     

    Net Debt-to-Capital Ratio

     

    38

    %

     

    39

    %

     

    Millions of Dollars

     

    Except as Indicated

     

    2025

    2024

     

    1Q

    4Q

    Reconciliation of Refining Loss Before Income Taxes to Realized Refining Margins

     

     

    Loss before income taxes

    $

    (937

    )

    (775

    )

    Plus:

     

     

    Taxes other than income taxes

     

    110

     

    92

     

    Depreciation, amortization and impairments

     

    456

     

    436

     

    Selling, general and administrative expenses

     

    46

     

    60

     

    Operating expenses

     

    1,074

     

    968

     

    Equity in earnings of affiliates

     

    105

     

    79

     

    Other segment expense, net

     

    (5

    )

    58

     

    Proportional share of refining gross margins contributed by equity affiliates

     

    141

     

    132

     

    Special items:

     

     

    Certain tax impacts

     

     

    (9

    )

    Realized refining margins

    $

    990

     

    1,041

     

    Total processed inputs (thousands of barrels)

     

    124,453

     

    147,880

     

    Adjusted total processed inputs (thousands of barrels)*

     

    145,559

     

    171,031

     

    Loss before income taxes (dollars per barrel)**

    $

    (7.53

    )

    (5.24

    )

    Realized refining margins (dollars per barrel)***

    $

    6.81

     

    6.08

     

    *Adjusted total processed inputs include our proportional share of processed inputs of an equity affiliate.

    **Income before income taxes divided by total processed inputs.

    ***Realized refining margins per barrel, as presented, are calculated using the underlying realized refining margin amounts, in dollars, divided by adjusted total processed inputs, in barrels. As such, recalculated per barrel amounts using the rounded margins and barrels presented may differ from the presented per barrel amounts.

    Source: Phillips 66

    MIL OSI Economics

  • MIL-OSI Global: ‘Piracy’ to legitimacy: how companies like French ride-hailing platform Heetch can make their mark

    Source: The Conversation – France – By Maxime Massey, Docteur en Sciences de Gestion & Innovation – Chercheur affilié à la Chaire Improbable, ESCP Business School

    The 2024 arrest and subsequent release of activist Paul Watson, the founder of the NGO Sea Shepherd that fights to protect ocean biodiversity, highlighted a division between two opposing camps. There are those who want to stay true to the NGO’s DNA by continuing to practice strong activism against poaching states, and those who believe there is too much at stake in remaining confrontational and advocate instead for more measured actions to institutionalize the NGO. This opposition reflects the dilemma faced by many “pirate organizations”, a concept introduced by scholars Rudolph Durand and Jean-Philippe Vergne.

    What are pirate organizations?

    Pirate organizations are defined by three key characteristics.

    • they develop innovative activities by exploiting legal loopholes

    • they defend a “public cause” to support neglected communities, who in turn support them

    • by introducing innovations that address specific social needs, they disrupt monopolies and contribute to transforming economic and social systems



    A weekly e-mail in English featuring expertise from scholars and researchers. It provides an introduction to the diversity of research coming out of the continent and considers some of the key issues facing European countries. Get the newsletter!


    However, to do these things effectively, pirate organizations must become legitimate. An organization is considered legitimate when its various audiences (customers, media, the state, etc.) perceive its actions as desirable according to prevailing values, norms and laws. Legitimacy is built through a process known as legitimation. For pirate organizations, this is particularly challenging, as they are often viewed as both illegal and illegitimate by the state and established industry players. These actors apply pressure to hinder legitimation. So how do pirate organizations build their legitimacy? We examined this question through the emblematic case of Heetch.

    A case study of a pirate organization

    Heetch is a French urban transport start-up launched in 2013 when its founders observed that “young people in Paris and its suburbs struggle to travel at night due to a lack of suitable options”. They decided to create a ride-hailing platform connecting private drivers with passengers.

    This business model, based on the principles of the “sharing economy”, encroached on the monopoly of taxis and the regulated sector of professional chauffeur-driven vehicles (VTCs). Despite challenges, Heetch gradually built its legitimacy through three distinct phases, responding to pressures in different ways.

    Stage 1: ‘clandestine pragmatism’ (2013-2015)

    When Heetch launched in 2013, a conflict was brewing in the urban transport sector. On one side, there were new applications for VTC services (such as Uber) and for private driver platforms (such as UberPop and Heetch); on the other, there were traditional taxis and their booking departments (such as G7). The latter, along with government authorities, began exerting pressure to shut down the apps, with Uber receiving most of the media attention.

    During this phase, Heetch adopted a strategy of “clandestine pragmatism”. The start-up avoided direct confrontations and stayed “under the radar” of the media. This approach is similar to “bootlegging” – concealing an innovative activity during its early stages. Heetch built a pragmatic legitimacy among its immediate audience using informal techniques such as word-of-mouth. However, its legitimacy remained limited, because it operated outside media scrutiny and without state approval.

    Stage 2: ‘subversive activism’ (2015-2017)

    In June 2015, taxi drivers organized massive protests against the “unfair competition” posed by new ride-hailing apps. The Paris police issued a ban on UberPop-like applications, including Heetch’s.

    While Uber shut down UberPop, Heetch exploited a legal loophole – its name was not explicitly mentioned in the ban – and continued operations. In response, the state cracked down on Heetch: around 100 drivers were placed in police custody and the founders were summoned to court, facing charges of “illegal facilitation of contact” with drivers, “complicity in unlawful taxi operations” and “misleading commercial practices”.

    Heetch reacted by engaging in “subversive activism”. The founders spoke out in the media to defend their service, emphasizing its public utility, particularly for young suburban residents needing nighttime mobility. The start-up generated buzz by releasing a satirical video featuring altered images of political figures in their youth. Heetch leveraged its pragmatic legitimacy, already established within its community, to gain media legitimacy among a broader audience of people, including journalists and policymakers. The organization gained public recognition, but also faced increasing legal battles.

    Stage 3: ‘tempered radicalism’ (2017-present)

    In March 2017, a court ruled against Heetch, deeming its operations illegal. Heetch temporarily suspended its service but relaunched two weeks later with a new business model employing professional drivers. Two months later, Heetch attempted to reintroduce private drivers, but, after facing additional legal action, it abandoned this approach after six months to focus exclusively on legal transportation services.

    During this phase, Heetch practised “tempered radicalism”. The company integrated into the system while continuing its “fight” in a more moderate manner, avoiding direct confrontation with the state and industry players. It adopted three key strategies:

    • compliance – respecting the law

    • compromise – balancing its transportation service with its public mission

    • manipulation – lobbying to influence regulations

    Through this approach, Heetch secured regulatory legitimacy while strengthening its existing pragmatic and media legitimacy. The company was recognized by the French government and included in the French Tech 120 and Next 40 programmes for the country’s most promising start-ups. It also became the first ride-hailing platform to attain “mission-driven company” status.

    Is ‘piracy’ a growth accelerator?

    Ultimately, our study highlights the value of piracy as a strategy for kickstarting the growth of an organization that serves a public cause. By embracing this approach, a pirate organization can drive systemic change to address social or environmental challenges.

    That said, piracy carries an inherent risk: at some point, it will likely face a legitimacy crisis triggered by resistance from monopolies or public authorities. The recent struggles of Paul Watson serve as testament. As he aptly puts it: “You can’t change the world without making waves”.

    Les auteurs ne travaillent pas, ne conseillent pas, ne possèdent pas de parts, ne reçoivent pas de fonds d’une organisation qui pourrait tirer profit de cet article, et n’ont déclaré aucune autre affiliation que leur organisme de recherche.

    ref. ‘Piracy’ to legitimacy: how companies like French ride-hailing platform Heetch can make their mark – https://theconversation.com/piracy-to-legitimacy-how-companies-like-french-ride-hailing-platform-heetch-can-make-their-mark-253079

    MIL OSI – Global Reports

  • MIL-OSI United Kingdom: ARU celebrates global successes of its alumni

    Source: Anglia Ruskin University

    Vice Chancellor’s Outstanding Alumni Awards showcase incredible contributions

    The incredible contributions that Anglia Ruskin University (ARU) graduates have made to communities, culture and enterprise across the world were celebrated at the annual Vice Chancellor’s Outstanding Alumni Awards last night.

    During a glittering ceremony at its Chelmsford campus, ARU welcomed back of its former students to celebrate their successes since crossing the stage and graduating from ARU.

    A total of 34 finalists were shortlisted in seven categories which recognised contributions in areas such as voluntary service, contribution to culture, public service and sustainability.

    • Alumni Contribution to Culture Award: Winner: Thea Lu (MA Children’s Book Illustration 2021). Thea is a picture book author and illustrator whose published works include Dive into the Night Sea, Here & There, and Minuscules Mandibules, winning awards including the Bologna Illustrators Exhibition Winners, 2021 Sebastian Walker Award, and 2024 New York Times/New York Public Library Best Illustrated Children’s Books.
    • Alumni Entrepreneur of the Year Award: Winner: Joe McGrath (Masters of Business Administration 2024). An entrepreneur and marketer, Joe is the founder of Rhotic Media, a financial marketing agency. Joe holds an MBA from ARU and a BA (Hons) in Corporate Communication. He is a Fellow of the Chartered Management Institute and a Member of the Chartered Institute of Marketing. Prior to launching Rhotic, Joe worked as a senior journalist for the Financial Times Group, Dow Jones, and Reach plc.
    • Alumni Lifetime Achievement Award: Winner: Mary Prior KC (LLB 1984) Mary is a barrister with 34 years’ experience of prosecuting and defending the most serious, complex criminal cases across England and Wales. A KC, she is Chair of the Criminal Bar Association, the Midland Criminal Law Association, and Midland Women in Criminal Law. She is also a Bencher and Vice Chair of Education (Outreach) for Gray’s Inn, Head of 36 Crime in London, Patron of the Non-Russell Group of Lawyers and Bringing (Dis)ability to the Bar. In 2020, Mary was named Woman of the Year at the Women in Law Awards.
    • Alumni Public Service Award: Winner: Dr Manshi S. Mankiwala (MSc Public Health 2011). Dr Mankiwala is a dedicated public health professional serving as a state consultant with the National Health Mission, Department of Health and Family Welfare, Gujarat. Her work focuses on strengthening health systems, policy advocacy, and maternal, child, and adolescent health.
    • Alumni Rising Star Award: Winner: Ariana Soares Dias Portela (MSc Applied Bio Science 2021). Ariana Soares Dias Portela is a dedicated scientist who spent two years in New York researching a compound that delays Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis symptoms in mice. She is now pursuing a PhD at the UK’s first Space Innovation Lab, collaborating with NASA to study how microgravity affects aging.
    • Alumni Sustainability Champion Award: Winner: Dr Norbert Edomah (Doctor of Philosophy Global Sustainability Institute 2018). Norbert Edomah is a Professor of Energy Systems and Policy at the School of Science and Technology, Pan Atlantic University, Lagos, Nigeria. With over two decades of experience in the energy sector, he has led several EU and UKRI-funded projects. Norbert focuses on understanding how people respond to changes in energy systems and how these interactions impact energy policy.
    • Alumni Voluntary Service Award: Winner: Oa Hackett (Certificate of Higher Education Charity and Social Enterprise Management (LDS) 2019). Oa founded Little Lifts in 2017 after her breast cancer treatment at the age of 28. The charity has raised over £2million and supported over 28,000 breast cancer patients through 10 NHS hospital partnerships and The Little Kindness Fund. Her contributions have been recognised with a Points of Light Award, a British Citizen Award, and the Chartered Institute Fundraising East of England Professional Fundraiser of the Year Award.

    “The calibre of our nominees has been outstanding. It has been a great pleasure to learn more about their success, and we are proud to recognise their dedication, passion and commitment. They are inspirational role models to our students and our ARU community.”

    Professor Roderick Watkins, Vice Chancellor of Anglia Ruskin University (ARU)

    MIL OSI United Kingdom

  • MIL-OSI: Lakeland Financial Reports a 12% Increase in Net Interest Income and Organic Loan Growth of 4%

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    WARSAW, Ind., April 25, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Lakeland Financial Corporation (Nasdaq Global Select/LKFN), parent company of Lake City Bank, today reported net income of $20.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, which represents a decrease of $3.3 million, or 14%, compared with net income of $23.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024. Diluted earnings per share were $0.78 for the first quarter of 2025 and decreased $0.13, or 14%, compared to $0.91 for the first quarter of 2024. On a linked quarter basis, net income decreased $4.1 million, or 17%, to $24.2 million. Diluted earnings per share decreased $0.16, or 17%, from $0.94 on a linked quarter basis.

    Pretax pre-provision earnings, which is a non-GAAP measure, were $31.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, an increase of $1.7 million, or 6%, compared to $29.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024.

    “Our first quarter results are highlighted by double digit growth in net interest income and strong net interest margin expansion,” stated David M. Findlay, Chairman and CEO. “Further, we continued to experience healthy loan growth that was funded with equally positive deposit growth. The Lake City Bank team delivered encouraging operating results in the quarter.”

    Quarterly Financial Performance

    First Quarter 2025 versus First Quarter 2024 highlights:

    • Tangible book value per share grew by $1.80, or 7%, to $26.85
    • Average loans grew by $214.9 million, or 4%, to $5.19 billion
    • Core deposits grew by $402.5 million, or 7%, to $5.83 billion
    • Net interest margin improved 25 basis points to 3.40% versus 3.15%
    • Net interest income increased by $5.5 million, or 12%
    • Revenue grew by 6% from $60.0 million to $63.8 million
    • Provision expense of $6.8 million, compared to $1.5 million
    • Watch list loans as a percentage of total loans increased to 4.13% from 3.67%
    • Pretax, pre-provision earnings increased by $1.7 million, or 6%
    • Common equity tier 1 capital improved to 14.51%, compared to 14.21%
    • Tangible capital ratio improved to 10.09%, compared to 9.80%
    • Average equity increased by $51.0 million, or 8%

    First Quarter 2025 versus Fourth Quarter 2024 highlights:

    • Tangible book value per share grew by $0.38, or 1%, to $26.85
    • Average loans grew by $99.3 million, or 2%, to $5.19 billion
    • Net interest margin improved 15 basis points to 3.40% versus 3.25%
    • Net interest income increased by $1.2 million, or 2%
    • Provision expense of $6.8 million, compared to $3.7 million
    • Watch list loans as a percentage of total loans remained at 4.13%
    • Pretax, pre-provision earnings decreased $1.9 million, or 6%
    • Common equity tier 1 capital of 14.51%, compared to 14.64%
    • Tangible capital ratio of 10.09%, compared to 10.19%

    Capital Strength

    The company’s total capital as a percentage of risk-weighted assets improved to 15.77% at March 31, 2025, compared to 15.46% at March 31, 2024, and down from 15.90% at December 31, 2024. These capital levels significantly exceeded the 10.00% regulatory threshold required to be characterized as “well capitalized” and reflect the company’s robust capital base.

    The company’s tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio, which is a non-GAAP financial measure, improved to 10.09% at March 31, 2025, compared to 9.80% at March 31, 2024, and down from 10.19% at December 31, 2024. Unrealized losses from available-for-sale investment securities were $188.3 million at March 31, 2025, compared to $189.9 million at March 31, 2024 and $191.1 million at December 31, 2024. Excluding the impact of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) on tangible common equity and tangible assets, the company’s ratio of adjusted tangible common equity to adjusted tangible assets, a non-GAAP financial measure, improved to 12.19% at March 31, 2025, compared to 12.03% at March 31, 2024, and down from 12.37% at December 31, 2024.

    As announced on April 8, 2025, the board of directors approved a cash dividend for the first quarter of $0.50 per share, payable on May 5, 2025, to shareholders of record as of April 25, 2025. The first quarter dividend per share represents a 4% increase from the $0.48 dividend per share paid for the first quarter of 2024.

    The board of directors also reauthorized and extended the company’s share repurchase program through April 30, 2027 with remaining aggregate purchase price authority of $30.0 million. The company anticipates activating the share repurchase program during the second quarter of 2025.

    Kristin L. Pruitt, President commented, “We believe that the recent stock price performance, driven by the impact of tariff activity, provides us with an opportunity to return capital to shareholders at attractive prices through our repurchase plan. Further, our strong capital levels continue to provide capacity for organic loan growth in our Indiana markets. Our capital position also supports our continued growth in the dividend paid to shareholders.”

    Loan Portfolio

    Average total loans of $5.19 billion in the first quarter of 2025 increased $214.9 million, or 4%, from $4.97 billion for the first quarter of 2024, and increased $99.3 million, or 2%, from $5.09 billion for the fourth quarter of 2024. Total loans, net of deferred loan fees, increased by $224.8 million, or 4%, from $5.00 billion as of March 31, 2024, to $5.23 billion as of March 31, 2025. The increase in loans occurred across much of the portfolio with our commercial real estate and multi-family residential loan portfolio growing by $143.4 million, or 6%, our commercial and industrial loan portfolio growing by $46.3 million, or 3%, our consumer 1-4 family mortgage loans portfolio growing by $39.7 million, or 9%, and our agri-business and agricultural loan portfolio growing by $15.9 million, or 4%. These increases were offset by a decrease to other commercial loans of $25.4 million, or 21%. On a linked quarter basis, total loans, net of deferred loan fees, increased by $104.9 million, or 2%, from $5.12 billion at December 31, 2024. The linked quarter increase was primarily a result of growth in total commercial and industrial loans of $72.7 million, or 5%, growth in total commercial real estate and multi-family residential loans of $28.3 million, or 1%, and growth in our consumer 1-4 family mortgage loans portfolio of $10.0 million, or 2%.

    Commercial loan originations for the first quarter included approximately $365.0 million in loan originations, offset by approximately $268.0 million in commercial loan pay downs. Line of credit usage increased to 43% as of March 31, 2025, compared to 39% at March 31, 2024 and 41% as of December 31, 2024. Total available lines of credit contracted by $153.0 million, or 3%, as compared to a year ago, and line usage increased by $122.0 million, or 7%, over that period. The company has limited exposure to commercial office space borrowers, all of which are in the bank’s Indiana markets. Loans totaling $100.6 million for this sector represented 2% of total loans at March 31, 2025, a decrease of $1.1 million, or 1%, from December 31, 2024. Commercial real estate loans secured by multi-family residential properties and secured by non-farm non-residential properties were approximately 214% of total risk-based capital at March 31, 2025.

    “We are encouraged by the continued organic loan growth during the quarter. In particular, we are pleased to see the upward trend in commercial line utilization, which reached 43% in the first quarter compared to 39% a year ago. Commercial and Industrial loan growth was a highlight this quarter and positively impacted our commercial line utilization,” added Findlay. “Linked quarter loan growth was largely driven by expansion in working capital lines of credit loans and construction and land development loans.”

    Diversified Deposit Base

    The bank’s diversified deposit base has grown on a year over year basis and on a linked quarter basis.

    DEPOSIT DETAIL
    (unaudited, in thousands)
     
      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
    Retail $ 1,787,992   30.0 %   $ 1,780,726   30.2 %   $ 1,770,007   31.5 %
    Commercial   2,336,910   39.2       2,269,049   38.4       2,117,536   37.7  
    Public funds   1,709,883   28.7       1,809,631   30.7       1,544,775   27.5  
    Core deposits   5,834,785   97.9       5,859,406   99.3       5,432,318   96.7  
    Brokered deposits   125,409   2.1       41,560   0.7       185,767   3.3  
    Total $ 5,960,194   100.0 %   $ 5,900,966   100.0 %   $ 5,618,085   100.0 %
     

    Total deposits increased $342.1 million, or 6%, from $5.62 billion as of March 31, 2024, to $5.96 billion as of March 31, 2025. The increase in total deposits was driven by an increase in core deposits (which excludes brokered deposits) of $402.5 million, or 7%. Total core deposits at March 31, 2025 were $5.83 billion and represented 98% of total deposits, as compared to $5.43 billion and 97% of total deposits at March 31, 2024. Brokered deposits were $125.4 million, or 2% of total deposits, at March 31, 2025, compared to $185.8 million, or 3% of total deposits, at March 31, 2024.

    The increase in core deposits since March 31, 2024, reflects growth in all three core deposit components. Commercial deposits grew annually by $219.4 million, or 10%, to $2.34 billion. Commercial deposits as a percentage of total deposits expanded to 39%, up from 38%. Public funds deposits grew annually by $165.1 million, or 11%, to $1.71 billion. Public funds deposits as a percentage of total deposits was 29%, up from 28%. Growth in public funds was positively impacted by the addition of new public funds customers in the Lake City Bank footprint, including their operating accounts. Retail deposits expanded by $18.0 million, or 1%, to $1.79 billion. Retail deposits as a percentage of total deposits was 30% of total deposits, down from 32%.

    On a linked quarter basis, total deposits increased $59.2 million, or 1%, from $5.90 billion at December 31, 2024, to $5.96 billion at March 31, 2025. Core deposits decreased by $24.6 million, or less than 1%, while brokered deposits increased by $83.8 million, or 202%. The linked quarter reduction in core deposits resulted primarily from a seasonal decrease in public funds deposits of $99.7 million, or 6%. Offsetting this increase was an increase in commercial deposits of $67.9 million, or 3%, and an increase in retail deposits of $7.3 million, or less than 1%.

    “Annual core deposit growth of 7% continues to provide liquidity to fund loan growth. We continue to see opportunities to gain market share in our Indiana footprint,” noted Lisa M. O’Neill, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. “Our diversified funding base is stable, and average checking account balances continue to maintain liquidity in excess of pre-pandemic levels.”

    Average total deposits were $5.87 billion for the first quarter of 2025, an increase of $244.3 million, or 4%, from $5.63 billion for the first quarter of 2024. Average interest-bearing deposits drove the increase in average total deposits and increased by $260.1 million, or 6%. Contributing to the overall growth of interest-bearing deposits was an increase to average interest-bearing checking accounts of $439.5 million, or 14%. Offsetting this increase was a reduction in average time deposits of $167.7 million, or 17%, and a decrease to average savings deposits of $11.8 million, or 4%. Average noninterest-bearing demand deposits decreased by $15.8 million, or 1%.

    On a linked quarter basis, average total deposits decreased by $136.4 million, or 2%, from $6.01 billion for the fourth quarter of 2024 to $5.87 billion for the first quarter of 2025. Average interest bearing deposits drove the decrease to total average deposits, which decreased by $112.8 million, or 2%. Driving the decrease to average interest bearing deposits were decreases to total average time deposits of $102.7 million, or 11%, and interest bearing checking accounts of $19.0 million, or 1%. Average noninterest bearing demand deposits decreased by $23.6 million, or 2%.

    Checking account trends as of March 31, 2025 compared to March 31, 2024, include growth of $222.5 million, or 17%, in aggregate public fund checking account balances, growth of $212.3 million, or 11%, in aggregate commercial checking account balances, and growth of $35.5 million, or 4%, in aggregate retail checking account balances. The number of accounts has also grown for all three segments, with growth of 7% for public funds accounts, 2% for commercial accounts and 1% for retail accounts during the prior twelve months.

    Deposits not covered by FDIC deposit insurance as a percentage of total deposits were 57% as of March 31, 2025, compared to 62% at December 31, 2024, and 54% at March 31, 2024, reflecting changes in core deposits and growth in public fund deposits over those periods. Deposits not covered by FDIC deposit insurance or the Indiana Public Deposit Insurance Fund (which insures public funds deposits in Indiana), were 29% of total deposits at March 31, 2025, compared to 32% at December 31, 2024, and 27% at March 31, 2024. At March 31, 2025, 98% of deposit accounts had deposit balances less than $250,000.

    Net Interest Margin

    Net interest margin was 3.40% for the first quarter of 2025, representing a 25 basis point increase from 3.15% for the first quarter of 2024. This improvement was driven by a reduction in the company’s funding costs, with interest expense as a percentage of average earning assets falling by 45 basis points from 2.82% for the first quarter of 2024 to 2.37% for the first quarter of 2025. Offsetting the decrease in funding costs was a decrease to earning asset yields of 20 basis points from 5.97% for the first quarter of 2024 to 5.77% for the first quarter of 2025.

    Linked quarter net interest margin expanded by 15 basis points to 3.40% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 3.25% for the fourth quarter of 2024. Interest expense as a percentage of average earning assets decreased 19 basis points from 2.56% to 2.37% on a linked quarter basis. Average earning asset yields decreased by 4 basis points from 5.81% to 5.77% on a linked quarter basis. The easing of monetary policy by the Federal Reserve Bank, which began in September of 2024, drove the reduction in funding costs that provided for the net interest margin expansion through deposit repricing. Notably, the deposit mix shift from noninterest bearing deposits to interest bearing deposits experienced by the company during the previous monetary tightening cycle has stabilized with noninterest bearing deposits representing 22% of total deposits at March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2024.

    “We continue to see improvements in net interest margin due to the Federal Reserve Bank’s rate easing cycle. Our deposit costs have declined more than loan yields resulting in year over year improvements in net interest margin of 25 basis points and linked quarter improvements of 15 basis points,” stated O’Neill. “Net interest margin expansion combined with healthy loan growth has contributed to double digit growth in net interest income.”

    The loan beta for the current rate-easing cycle is 37% compared to the deposit beta of 55%. The cumulative loan beta, which measures the sensitivity of a bank’s average loan yield to changes in short-term interest rates, was 56% for the recent rate-tightening cycle. The cumulative deposit beta, which measures the sensitivity of a bank’s deposit cost to changes in short-term interest rates, was 54% for the recent rate-tightening cycle.

    Net interest income was $52.9 million for the first quarter of 2025, representing an increase of $5.5 million, or 12%, as compared to the first quarter of 2024. Net interest income for the first quarter of 2025 benefited from a decrease in deposit interest expense of $4.7 million and a decrease in borrowings interest expense of $1.3 million. Offsetting these effects on net interest income was a decrease in loan interest of $910,000. On a linked quarter basis, net interest income increased $1.2 million, or 2%, from $51.7 million for the fourth quarter of 2024. On a linked quarter basis, the increase to net interest income was driven by a reduction in interest expense of $4.1 million and offset by a reduction in interest income of $2.9 million.

    Asset Quality

    The company recorded a provision for credit losses of $6.8 million in the first quarter of 2025, an increase of $5.3 million, as compared to $1.5 million in the first quarter of 2024. On a linked quarter basis, the provision expense increased by $3.1 million, from $3.7 million for the fourth quarter of 2024. Provision expense during the first quarter of 2025 was primarily attributable to an increase in the specific allocation for the previously disclosed $43.3 million nonperforming credit to an industrial company in Northern Indiana.

    The allowance for credit loss reserve to total loans was 1.77% at March 31, 2025, up from 1.46% at March 31, 2024, and 1.68% at December 31, 2024. Net charge offs in the first quarter of 2025 were $327,000 compared to $312,000 in the first quarter of 2024 and $1.4 million during the linked fourth quarter of 2024. Annualized net charge offs to average loans were 0.03% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 0.03% for the first quarter of 2024, and 0.11% for the linked fourth quarter of 2024.

    Nonperforming assets increased $42.6 million, or 280%, to $57.9 million as of March 31, 2025, versus $15.2 million as of March 31, 2024. On a linked quarter basis, nonperforming assets increased $1.0 million, or 2%, compared to $56.9 million as of December 31, 2024. The ratio of nonperforming assets to total assets at March 31, 2025 increased to 0.84% from 0.23% at March 31, 2024, and decreased from 0.85% at December 31, 2024. The increase in nonperforming assets was primarily driven by the aforementioned credit.

    Total individually analyzed and watch list loans increased by $32.3 million, or 18%, to $215.6 million as of March 31, 2025, versus $183.3 million as of March 31, 2024. On a linked quarter basis, total individually analyzed and watch list loans increased by $4.4 million, or 2%, from $211.1 million at December 31, 2024. The linked quarter increase in total individually analyzed and watch list loans was primarily driven by the addition of five commercial relationships to the watch list with aggregate balances of $11.5 million and offset by watch list removals of two relationships with aggregate balances of $8.0 million. Watch list loans as a percentage of total loans were 4.13% at March 31, 2025, an increase of 46 basis points compared to 3.67% at March 31, 2024, and unchanged from December 31, 2024.

    “Asset quality remains stable with watch list loans as a percentage of total loans at 4.13%,” commented Findlay. “It is premature to comment on the impact of the tariff activity on our borrowers’ businesses and we are actively talking with our clients to understand the impact of this trade policy activity. As part of our internal credit administration and loan review process, we initiated a detailed plan to identify and analyze specific industries and clients that may be more sensitive to the effects of tariffs. As part of this process, our credit team is aggregating and segmenting direct and indirect exposure that our commercial and industrial borrowers have with international trading partners.”

    Investment Portfolio Overview

    Total investment securities were $1.13 billion at March 31, 2025, reflecting a decrease of $12.0 million, or 1%, as compared to $1.14 billion at March 31, 2024. On a linked quarter basis, investment securities increased $9.9 million, or 1%, due primarily to security purchases of $22.2 million, offset by improvement in the fair market value of available-for-sale securities of $2.8 million, and cash flows from calls, paydowns and maturities of $14.7 million. Investment securities represented 17% of total assets on March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2024. The company anticipates receiving principal and interest cash flows of approximately $82.3 million during the remainder of 2025 from the investment securities portfolio and plans to use that liquidity to fund loan growth and reinvestment of investment securities cash flows. Tax equivalent adjusted effective duration for the investment portfolio was 5.9 years at March 31, 2025, compared to 6.6 years at March 31, 2024 and 6.0 years December 31, 2024.

    Noninterest Income

    The company’s noninterest income decreased $1.7 million, or 13%, to $10.9 million for the first quarter of 2025, compared to $12.6 million for the first quarter of 2024. Adjusted core noninterest income, a non-GAAP financial measure that excludes the effect of the insurance recovery recorded during the first quarter of 2024, was $11.6 million for the first quarter of 2024, a decrease of $684,000, or 6%, compared to $10.9 million for the first quarter of 2025. Wealth advisory fees increased $412,000, or 17%, driven by growth in customers and assets under management. Deposit fees increased $83,000, or 3% driven primarily by growth in our treasury management services. Other income decreased $1.3 million, or 61%. Other income during the first quarter of 2024 benefited from a $1.0 million insurance recovery related to the wire fraud loss from 2023 and death benefits received from the company’s bank owned life insurance program. Bank owned life insurance income decreased $714,000, or 69%, primarily due to a reduction in the market performance of the company’s variable bank owned life insurance policies, which are tied to the equity markets.

    Noninterest income for the first quarter of 2025 decreased by $948,000, or 8%, on a linked quarter basis from $11.9 million during the fourth quarter of 2024. Wealth advisory fees increased by $168,000, or 6%. The linked quarter decrease in noninterest income was impacted by a decrease in bank owned life insurance income, which decreased $894,000, or 74%, due to market performance of the company’s variable bank owned life insurance policies.

    “The growth of our wealth advisory business continues to positively impact revenue growth with 17% improvement in fees on a year over year basis,” added Findlay, “We continue to focus on our fee-based businesses that contribute to noninterest income and revenue growth.”

    Noninterest Expense

    Noninterest expense increased $2.1 million, or 7%, to $32.8 million for the first quarter of 2025, compared to $30.7 million during the first quarter of 2024. Salaries and benefits expense increased by $1.1 million, or 6%, driven by performance-based incentive compensation expense of $1.3 million and salary expense of $524,000. These increases were offset by reduced deferred compensation expense of $687,000, which moves in tandem with the market performance of the company’s variable bank owned life insurance. Other expense increased by $400,000, or 18%, from increased customer reimbursements for counterfeit checks and account takeover wire fraud losses. Data processing fees and supplies expense increased $426,000, or 11%, from continued investment in customer-facing and operational technology solutions.

    On a linked quarter basis, noninterest expense increased by $2.1 million, or 7%, from $30.7 million during the fourth quarter of 2024. Salaries and employee benefits increased by $641,000, or 4%, due to merit-based increases for salaries, incentive pay, and annual health insurance benefits that are funded at the beginning of each year. Data processing fees and supplies expense increased $523,000, or 14%. Corporate and business development expense increased by $456,000, or 48%, which was primarily driven by an increase in advertising expense of $462,000 during the quarter from the company’s seasonal promotional campaigns. Other expense increased $228,000, or 9%.

    The company’s efficiency ratio was 51.4% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 51.2% for the first quarter of 2024 and 48.2% for the linked fourth quarter of 2024.

    Information regarding Lakeland Financial Corporation may be accessed on the home page of its subsidiary, Lake City Bank, at lakecitybank.com. The company’s common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under “LKFN.” Lake City Bank, a $6.9 billion bank headquartered in Warsaw, Indiana, was founded in 1872 and serves Central and Northern Indiana communities with 54 branch offices and a robust digital banking platform. Lake City Bank’s community banking model prioritizes building in-market long-term customer relationships while delivering technology-forward solutions for retail and commercial clients.

    This document contains, and future oral and written statements of the company and its management may contain, forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 with respect to the financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance and business of the company. Forward-looking statements, which may be based upon beliefs, expectations and assumptions of the company’s management and on information currently available to management, are generally identifiable by the use of words such as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “continue,” “plan,” “intend,” “estimate,” “may,” “will,” “would,” “could,” “should” or other similar expressions. The company’s ability to predict results or the actual effect of future plans or strategies is inherently uncertain and, accordingly, the reader is cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements made by the company. Additionally, all statements in this document, including forward-looking statements, speak only as of the date they are made, and the company undertakes no obligation to update any statement in light of new information or future events. Numerous factors could cause the company’s actual results to differ from those reflected in forward-looking statements, including the effects of economic, business and market conditions and changes, particularly in our Indiana market area, including prevailing interest rates and the rate of inflation; governmental trade, monetary and fiscal policies; the risks of changes in interest rates on the levels, composition and costs of deposits, loan demand and the values and liquidity of loan collateral, securities and other interest sensitive assets and liabilities; and changes in borrowers’ credit risks and payment behaviors, as well as those identified in the company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q.

    LAKELAND FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    FIRSTQUARTER2025FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
     
      Three Months Ended
    (Unaudited – Dollars in thousands, except per share data) March 31,   December 31,   March 31,
    END OF PERIOD BALANCES   2025       2024       2024  
    Assets $ 6,851,178     $ 6,678,374     $ 6,566,861  
    Investments   1,132,854       1,122,994       1,144,816  
    Loans   5,223,221       5,117,948       4,997,559  
    Allowance for Credit Losses   92,433       85,960       73,180  
    Deposits   5,960,194       5,900,966       5,618,085  
    Brokered Deposits   125,409       41,560       185,767  
    Core Deposits (1)   5,834,785       5,859,406       5,432,318  
    Total Equity   694,509       683,911       647,009  
    Goodwill Net of Deferred Tax Assets   3,803       3,803       3,803  
    Tangible Common Equity (2)   690,706       680,108       643,206  
    Adjusted Tangible Common
    Equity (2)
      854,585       846,040       809,395  
    AVERAGE BALANCES          
    Total Assets $ 6,762,970     $ 6,795,596     $ 6,554,468  
    Earning Assets   6,430,804       6,470,920       6,216,929  
    Investments   1,136,404       1,134,011       1,158,503  
    Loans   5,185,918       5,086,614       4,971,020  
    Total Deposits   5,874,725       6,011,122       5,630,431  
    Interest Bearing Deposits   4,616,381       4,729,201       4,356,328  
    Interest Bearing Liabilities   4,716,465       4,729,206       4,532,137  
    Total Equity   696,053       693,744       645,007  
    INCOME STATEMENT DATA          
    Net Interest Income $ 52,875     $ 51,694     $ 47,416  
    Net Interest Income-Fully Tax Equivalent   53,983       52,804       48,683  
    Provision for Credit Losses   6,800       3,691       1,520  
    Noninterest Income   10,928       11,876       12,612  
    Noninterest Expense   32,763       30,653       30,705  
    Net Income   20,085       24,190       23,401  
    Pretax Pre-Provision Earnings (2)   31,040       32,917       29,323  
    PER SHARE DATA          
    Basic Net Income Per Common Share $ 0.78     $ 0.94     $ 0.91  
    Diluted Net Income Per Common Share   0.78       0.94       0.91  
    Cash Dividends Declared Per Common Share   0.50       0.48       0.48  
    Dividend Payout   64.10 %     51.06 %     52.75 %
    Book Value Per Common Share (equity per share issued) $ 26.99     $ 26.62     $ 25.20  
    Tangible Book Value Per Common Share (2)   26.85       26.47       25.05  
    Market Value – High $ 71.77     $ 78.61     $ 73.22  
    Market Value – Low   58.24       61.10       60.56  
    Basic Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding   25,714,818       25,686,276       25,657,063  
    Diluted Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding   25,802,865       25,792,460       25,747,643  
               
               
      Three Months Ended
    (Unaudited – Dollars in thousands, except per share data) March 31,   December 31,   March 31,
    KEY RATIOS   2025       2024       2024  
    Return on Average Assets   1.20 %     1.42 %     1.44 %
    Return on Average Total Equity   11.70       13.87       14.59  
    Average Equity to Average Assets   10.29       10.21       9.84  
    Net Interest Margin   3.40       3.25       3.15  
    Efficiency (Noninterest Expense/Net Interest Income
    plus Noninterest Income)
      51.35       48.22       51.15  
    Loans to Deposits   87.64       86.73       88.95  
    Investment Securities to Total Assets   16.54       16.82       17.43  
    Tier 1 Leverage (3)   12.30       12.15       12.01  
    Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital (3)   14.51       14.64       14.21  
    Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) (3)   14.51       14.64       14.21  
    Total Capital (3)   15.77       15.90       15.46  
    Tangible Capital (2)   10.09       10.19       9.80  
    Adjusted Tangible Capital (2)   12.19       12.37       12.03  
    ASSET QUALITY          
    Loans Past Due 30 – 89 Days $ 4,288     $ 4,273     $ 3,177  
    Loans Past Due 90 Days or More   7       28       7  
    Nonaccrual Loans   57,392       56,431       14,762  
    Nonperforming Loans   57,399       56,459       14,769  
    Other Real Estate Owned   284       284       384  
    Other Nonperforming Assets   193       143       78  
    Total Nonperforming Assets   57,876       56,886       15,231  
    Individually Analyzed Loans   81,346       78,647       15,181  
    Non-Individually Analyzed Watch List Loans   134,218       132,499       168,133  
    Total Individually Analyzed and Watch List Loans   215,564       211,146       183,314  
    Gross Charge Offs   508       1,657       504  
    Recoveries   181       299       192  
    Net Charge Offs/(Recoveries)   327       1,358       312  
    Net Charge Offs/(Recoveries) to Average Loans   0.03 %     0.11 %     0.03 %
    Credit Loss Reserve to Loans   1.77       1.68       1.46  
    Credit Loss Reserve to Nonperforming Loans   161.04       152.25       495.51  
    Nonperforming Loans to Loans   1.10       1.10       0.30  
    Nonperforming Assets to Assets   0.84       0.85       0.23  
    Total Individually Analyzed and Watch List Loans to Total Loans   4.13 %     4.13 %     3.67 %
    OTHER DATA          
    Full Time Equivalent Employees   647       643       628  
    Offices   54       54       53  

    __________________________________________________

    (1)   Core deposits equals deposits less brokered deposits.
    (2)   Non-GAAP financial measure – see “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures”.
    (3)   Capital ratios for March 31, 2025 are preliminary until the Call Report is filed.
         
    CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (in thousands, except share data)      
    March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
    (Unaudited)  
    ASSETS      
    Cash and due from banks $ 89,325     $ 71,733  
    Short-term investments   145,899       96,472  
    Total cash and cash equivalents   235,224       168,205  
         
    Securities available-for-sale, at fair value   1,000,875       991,426  
    Securities held-to-maturity, at amortized cost (fair value of $109,481 and $113,107, respectively)   131,979       131,568  
    Real estate mortgage loans held-for-sale   1,295       1,700  
         
    Loans, net of allowance for credit losses of $92,433 and $85,960   5,130,788       5,031,988  
         
    Land, premises and equipment, net   60,797       60,489  
    Bank owned life insurance   113,826       113,320  
    Federal Reserve and Federal Home Loan Bank stock   21,420       21,420  
    Accrued interest receivable   28,818       28,446  
    Goodwill   4,970       4,970  
    Other assets   121,186       124,842  
    Total assets $ 6,851,178     $ 6,678,374  
         
         
    LIABILITIES      
    Noninterest bearing deposits $ 1,296,907     $ 1,297,456  
    Interest bearing deposits   4,663,287       4,603,510  
    Total deposits   5,960,194       5,900,966  
           
    Borrowings – Federal Home Loan Bank advances   108,200       0  
    Accrued interest payable   14,699       15,117  
    Other liabilities   73,576       78,380  
    Total liabilities   6,156,669       5,994,463  
         
    STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY      
    Common stock: 90,000,000 shares authorized, no par value      
    26,016,494 shares issued and 25,556,904 outstanding as of March 31, 2025      
    25,978,831 shares issued and 25,509,592 outstanding as of December 31, 2024   130,243       129,664  
    Retained earnings   743,650       736,412  
    Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)   (163,879 )     (166,500 )
    Treasury stock, at cost (459,590 shares and 469,239 shares as of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively)   (15,594 )     (15,754 )
    Total stockholders’ equity   694,420       683,822  
    Noncontrolling interest   89       89  
    Total equity   694,509       683,911  
    Total liabilities and equity $ 6,851,178     $ 6,678,374  
     
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (unaudited – in thousands, except share and per share data)
    Three Months Ended March 31,
      2025       2024  
    NET INTEREST INCOME      
    Interest and fees on loans      
    Taxable $ 81,740     $ 82,042  
    Tax exempt   292       900  
    Interest and dividends on securities      
    Taxable   3,389       3,039  
    Tax exempt   3,910       3,947  
    Other interest income   1,124       1,106  
    Total interest income   90,455       91,034  
     
    Interest on deposits   36,458       41,164  
    Interest on short-term borrowings   1,122       2,454  
    Total interest expense   37,580       43,618  
     
    NET INTEREST INCOME   52,875       47,416  
     
    Provision for credit losses   6,800       1,520  
     
    NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES   46,075       45,896  
     
    NONINTEREST INCOME      
    Wealth advisory fees   2,867       2,455  
    Investment brokerage fees   452       522  
    Service charges on deposit accounts   2,774       2,691  
    Loan and service fees   2,884       2,852  
    Merchant and interchange fee income   822       863  
    Bank owned life insurance income   322       1,036  
    Mortgage banking income (loss)   (51 )     52  
    Net securities gains (losses)   0       (46 )
    Other income   858       2,187  
    Total noninterest income   10,928       12,612  
     
    NONINTEREST EXPENSE      
    Salaries and employee benefits   17,902       16,833  
    Net occupancy expense   1,980       1,740  
    Equipment costs   1,382       1,412  
    Data processing fees and supplies   4,265       3,839  
    Corporate and business development   1,406       1,381  
    FDIC insurance and other regulatory fees   800       789  
    Professional fees   2,380       2,463  
    Other expense   2,648       2,248  
    Total noninterest expense   32,763       30,705  
     
    INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX EXPENSE   24,240       27,803  
    Income tax expense   4,155       4,402  
    NET INCOME $ 20,085     $ 23,401  
     
    BASIC WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES   25,714,818       25,657,063  
     
    BASIC EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE $ 0.78     $ 0.91  
         
    DILUTED WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES   25,802,865       25,747,643  
         
    DILUTED EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE $ 0.78     $ 0.91  
     
    LAKELAND FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    LOAN DETAIL
    (unaudited, in thousands)
     
      March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Commercial and industrial loans:                      
    Working capital lines of credit loans $ 716,522     13.7 %   $ 649,609     12.7 %   $ 646,459     12.9 %
    Non-working capital loans   807,048     15.5       801,256     15.6       830,817     16.6  
    Total commercial and industrial loans   1,523,570     29.2       1,450,865     28.3       1,477,276     29.5  
                         
    Commercial real estate and multi-family residential loans:                      
    Construction and land development loans   623,905     12.0       567,781     11.1       659,712     13.2  
    Owner occupied loans   804,933     15.4       807,090     15.8       833,410     16.7  
    Nonowner occupied loans   852,033     16.3       872,671     17.0       744,346     14.9  
    Multifamily loans   339,946     6.5       344,978     6.7       239,974     4.8  
    Total commercial real estate and multi-family residential loans   2,620,817     50.2       2,592,520     50.6       2,477,442     49.6  
                         
    Agri-business and agricultural loans:                      
    Loans secured by farmland   156,112     3.0       156,609     3.1       167,271     3.3  
    Loans for agricultural production   227,659     4.3       230,787     4.5       200,581     4.0  
    Total agri-business and agricultural loans   383,771     7.3       387,396     7.6       367,852     7.3  
                         
    Other commercial loans   94,927     1.8       95,584     1.9       120,302     2.4  
    Total commercial loans   4,623,085     88.5       4,526,365     88.4       4,442,872     88.8  
                         
    Consumer 1-4 family mortgage loans:                      
    Closed end first mortgage loans   265,855     5.1       259,286     5.1       260,633     5.2  
    Open end and junior lien loans   217,981     4.2       214,125     4.2       188,927     3.8  
    Residential construction and land development loans   16,359     0.3       16,818     0.3       10,956     0.2  
    Total consumer 1-4 family mortgage loans   500,195     9.6       490,229     9.6       460,516     9.2  
                       
    Other consumer loans   102,254     1.9       104,041     2.0       97,369     2.0  
    Total consumer loans   602,449     11.5       594,270     11.6       557,885     11.2  
    Subtotal   5,225,534     100.0 %     5,120,635     100.0 %     5,000,757     100.0 %
    Less:  Allowance for credit losses   (92,433 )         (85,960 )       (73,180 )  
    Net deferred loan fees   (2,313 )         (2,687 )       (3,198 )  
    Loans, net $ 5,130,788         $ 5,031,988       $ 4,924,379    
     
    LAKELAND FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    DEPOSITS AND BORROWINGS
    (unaudited, in thousands)
     
      March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Noninterest bearing demand deposits $ 1,296,907   $ 1,297,456   $ 1,254,200
    Savings and transaction accounts:          
    Savings deposits   293,768     276,179     296,671
    Interest bearing demand deposits   3,554,310     3,471,455     3,041,025
    Time deposits:          
    Deposits of $100,000 or more   602,577     642,776     805,832
    Other time deposits   212,632     213,100     220,357
    Total deposits $ 5,960,194   $ 5,900,966   $ 5,618,085
    FHLB advances and other borrowings   108,200     0     200,000
    Total funding sources $ 6,068,394   $ 5,900,966   $ 5,818,085
     

     

    LAKELAND FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET AND NET INTEREST ANALYSIS
    (UNAUDITED)
     
        Three Months Ended March 31, 2025   Three Months Ended December 31, 2024   Three Months Ended March 31, 2024
    (fully tax equivalent basis, dollars in thousands)   Average Balance   Interest Income   Yield (1)/
    Rate
      Average Balance   Interest Income   Yield (1)/
    Rate
      Average Balance   Interest Income   Yield (1)/
    Rate
    Earning Assets                                    
    Loans:                                    
    Taxable (2)(3)   $ 5,160,031     $ 81,740   6.42 %   $ 5,060,397     $ 83,253   6.54 %   $ 4,916,943     $ 82,042   6.71 %
    Tax exempt (1)     25,887       361   5.66       26,217       364   5.52       54,077       1,118   8.31  
    Investments: (1)                                    
    Securities     1,136,404       8,338   2.98       1,134,011       7,953   2.79       1,158,503       8,035   2.79  
    Short-term investments     2,964       28   3.83       2,765       29   4.17       2,710       33   4.90  
    Interest bearing deposits     105,518       1,096   4.21       247,530       2,881   4.63       84,696       1,073   5.10  
    Total earning assets   $ 6,430,804     $ 91,563   5.77 %   $ 6,470,920     $ 94,480   5.81 %   $ 6,216,929     $ 92,301   5.97 %
    Less:  Allowance for credit losses     (87,477 )             (84,687 )             (72,433 )        
    Nonearning Assets                                    
    Cash and due from banks     71,004               67,994               68,584          
    Premises and equipment     60,523               60,325               57,883          
    Other nonearning assets     288,116               281,044               283,505          
    Total assets   $ 6,762,970             $ 6,795,596             $ 6,554,468          
                                         
    Interest Bearing Liabilities                                    
    Savings deposits   $ 283,888     $ 42   0.06 %   $ 274,960     $ 43   0.06 %   $ 295,650     $ 49   0.07 %
    Interest bearing checking accounts     3,486,447       28,075   3.27       3,505,470       31,562   3.58       3,046,958       30,365   4.01  
    Time deposits:                                    
    In denominations under $100,000     212,934       1,832   3.49       214,429       1,921   3.56       224,139       1,918   3.44  
    In denominations over $100,000     633,112       6,509   4.17       734,342       8,150   4.42       789,581       8,832   4.50  
    Miscellaneous short-term borrowings     99,830       1,122   4.56       5       0   5.30       175,809       2,454   5.61  
    Long-term borrowings     254       0   0.00       0       0   0.00       0       0   0.00  
    Total interest bearing liabilities   $ 4,716,465     $ 37,580   3.23 %   $ 4,729,206     $ 41,676   3.51 %   $ 4,532,137     $ 43,618   3.87 %
    Noninterest Bearing Liabilities                                    
    Demand deposits     1,258,344               1,281,921               1,274,103          
    Other liabilities     92,108               90,725               103,221          
    Stockholders’ Equity     696,053               693,744               645,007          
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 6,762,970             $ 6,795,596             $ 6,554,468          
    Interest Margin Recap                                    
    Interest income/average earning assets         91,563   5.77 %         94,480   5.81 %         92,301   5.97 %
    Interest expense/average earning assets         37,580   2.37           41,676   2.56           43,618   2.82  
    Net interest income and margin       $ 53,983   3.40 %       $ 52,804   3.25 %       $ 48,683   3.15 %
    (1)   Tax exempt income was converted to a fully taxable equivalent basis at a 21 percent tax rate. The tax equivalent rate for tax exempt loans and tax-exempt securities acquired after January 1, 1983, included the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982 (“TEFRA”) adjustment applicable to nondeductible interest expenses. Taxable equivalent basis adjustments were $1.11 million, $1.11 million and $1.27 million in the three-month periods ended March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024, and March 31, 2024, respectively.
    (2)   Loan fees, which are immaterial in relation to total taxable loan interest income for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024, and March 31, 2024, are included as taxable loan interest income.
    (3)   Nonaccrual loans are included in the average balance of taxable loans.
         

    Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    Tangible common equity, adjusted tangible common equity, tangible assets, adjusted tangible assets, tangible book value per common share, tangible common equity to tangible assets, adjusted tangible common equity to adjusted tangible assets, and pretax pre-provision earnings are non-GAAP financial measures calculated based on GAAP amounts. Tangible common equity is calculated by excluding the balance of goodwill and other intangible assets from the calculation of equity, net of deferred tax. Tangible assets are calculated by excluding the balance of goodwill and other intangible assets from the calculation of total assets, net of deferred tax. Adjusted tangible assets and adjusted tangible common equity remove the fair market value adjustment impact of the available-for-sale investment securities portfolio in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”). Tangible book value per common share is calculated by dividing tangible common equity by the number of shares outstanding less true treasury stock. Pretax pre-provision earnings is calculated by adding net interest income to noninterest income and subtracting noninterest expense. Because not all companies use the same calculation of tangible common equity and tangible assets, this presentation may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures calculated by other companies. However, management considers these measures of the company’s value meaningful to understanding of the company’s financial information and performance.

    A reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures is provided below (dollars in thousands, except per share data).

      Three Months Ended
      Mar. 31, 2025   Dec. 31, 2024   Mar. 31, 2024
    Total Equity $ 694,509     $ 683,911     $ 647,009  
    Less: Goodwill   (4,970 )     (4,970 )     (4,970 )
    Plus: DTA Related to Goodwill   1,167       1,167       1,167  
    Tangible Common Equity   690,706       680,108       643,206  
    Market Value Adjustment in AOCI   163,879       165,932       166,189  
    Adjusted Tangible Common Equity   854,585       846,040       809,395  
               
    Assets $ 6,851,178     $ 6,678,374     $ 6,566,861  
    Less: Goodwill   (4,970 )     (4,970 )     (4,970 )
    Plus: DTA Related to Goodwill   1,167       1,167       1,167  
    Tangible Assets   6,847,375       6,674,571       6,563,058  
    Market Value Adjustment in AOCI   163,879       165,932       166,189  
    Adjusted Tangible Assets   7,011,254       6,840,503       6,729,247  
               
    Ending Common Shares Issued   25,727,393       25,689,730       25,677,399  
               
    Tangible Book Value Per Common Share $ 26.85     $ 26.47     $ 25.05  
               
    Tangible Common Equity/Tangible Assets   10.09 %     10.19 %     9.80 %
    Adjusted Tangible Common Equity/Adjusted Tangible Assets   12.19 %     12.37 %     12.03 %
               
    Net Interest Income $ 52,875     $ 51,694     $ 47,416  
    Plus:  Noninterest Income   10,928       11,876       12,612  
    Minus:  Noninterest Expense   (32,763 )     (30,653 )     (30,705 )
               
    Pretax Pre-Provision Earnings $ 31,040     $ 32,917     $ 29,323  
     

    Adjusted core noninterest income, adjusted earnings before income taxes, core operational profitability, core operational diluted earnings per common share and adjusted core efficiency ratio are non-GAAP financial measures calculated based on GAAP amounts. These adjusted amounts are calculated by excluding the impact of insurance recoveries related to the 2023 wire fraud loss for the periods presented below. Management considers these measures of financial performance to be meaningful to understanding the company’s core business performance for these periods.

    A reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures is provided below (dollars in thousands, except per share data).

      Three Months Ended
      Mar. 31, 2025   Dec. 31, 2024   Mar. 31, 2024
    Noninterest Income $ 10,928     $ 11,876     $ 12,612  
    Less: Insurance Recovery   0       0       (1,000 )
    Adjusted Core Noninterest Income $ 10,928     $ 11,876     $ 11,612  
               
    Earnings Before Income Taxes $ 24,240     $ 29,226     $ 27,803  
    Adjusted Core Impact:          
    Noninterest Income   0       0       (1,000 )
    Total Adjusted Core Impact   0       0       (1,000 )
    Adjusted Earnings Before Income Taxes   24,240       29,226       26,803  
    Tax Effect   (4,155 )     (5,036 )     (4,153 )
    Core Operational Profitability (1) $ 20,085     $ 24,190     $ 22,650  
               
    Diluted Earnings Per Common Share $ 0.78     $ 0.94     $ 0.91  
    Impact of Adjusted Core Items   0.00       0.00       (0.03 )
    Core Operational Diluted Earnings Per Common Share $ 0.78     $ 0.94     $ 0.88  
               
    Adjusted Core Efficiency Ratio   51.35 %     48.22 %     52.02 %
    (1)   Core operational profitability was $751,000 lower than reported net income for the three months ended March 31, 2024.

    Contact
    Lisa M. O’Neill
    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
    (574) 267-9125
    lisa.oneill@lakecitybank.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI Russia: Financial news: The deposit auction of the Moscow Small Business Lending Assistance Fund will take place on 25.04.2025

    Translation. Region: Russian Federal

    Source: Moscow Exchange – Moscow Exchange –

    Parameters: Date of the deposit auction 04/25/2025. Placement currency RUB. Maximum amount of funds placed (in the placement currency) 200,000,000.00 Placement term, days 35. Date of depositing funds 04/25/2025. Date of return of funds 05/30/2025. Minimum placement interest rate, % per annum 20.00 Terms of the conclusion, urgent or special (Urgent). Minimum amount of funds placed for one application (in the placement currency) 200,000,000.00 Maximum number of applications from one Participant, pcs. 1. Auction form, open or closed (Open).

    The basis of the Agreement is the General Agreement. Schedule (Moscow time). Applications in preliminary mode from 12:00 to 12:10. Applications in competition mode from 12:10 to 12:15. Setting the cutoff percentage rate or declaring the auction invalid before 12:25.

    Additional conditions – Placement of funds with the possibility of early withdrawal of the entire deposit amount and payment of interest accrued on the deposit amount at the rate established by the deposit transaction, in the event of non-compliance of the Bank with the requirements established by clause 2.1. of the Regulation “On the procedure for selecting banks for placing funds of the Moscow Small Business Lending Assistance Fund in deposits (deposits) under the GDS” (as amended on the date of the deposit transaction), early withdrawal at the “on demand” rate, payment of interest at the end of the term, without replenishment.

    Please note: This information is raw content directly from the source of the information. It is exactly what the source states and does not reflect the position of MIL-OSI or its clients.

    Please Note; This Information is Raw Content Directly from the Information Source. It is access to What the Source Is Stating and Does Not Reflect

    HTTPS: //VVV. MOEX.K.MO/N89797

    MIL OSI Russia News

  • MIL-OSI USA: New England Village Foods Issues Allergy Alert on Undeclared Almonds in “19th Hole Snack Mix”

    Source: US Food and Drug Administration

    Summary

    Company Announcement Date:
    April 24, 2025
    FDA Publish Date:
    April 24, 2025
    Product Type:
    Food & BeveragesAllergens
    Reason for Announcement:

    Recall Reason Description
    Undeclared almonds

    Company Name:
    New England Village Foods
    Brand Name:

    Brand Name(s)
    New England Village Snacks

    Product Description:

    Product Description
    19th Hole Snack Mix

    Company Announcement
    New England Village Foods of Milford NH is recalling all lots of 5 -ounce and 10 -ounce containers of New England Village Snacks “19th Hole Snack Mix” because they may contain undeclared almonds. People who have allergies to almonds run the risk of serious or life-threatening allergic reaction if they consume these products.
    The recalled “19th Hole Snack Mix” were distributed to small independent grocery markets and convenience stores throughout New England, New York and Pennsylvania.
    The product comes in 5- ounce and 10- ounce, clear cups and tubs with re-closable lids marked with UPC – 609465693477 (5 oz.) and UPC – 642147152459 (10 oz.) located on the lid of the product printed in black ink.
    No illnesses have been reported to date in connection with this issue.
    The recall was initiated after a customer discovered that the almond-containing product was distributed in packaging that did not reveal the presence of almonds. Subsequent investigation indicates the issue was caused by a temporary breakdown in the companies packaging process.
    Production of the product has been temporarily suspended.
    Consumers who have purchased the 5 -ounce or 10 -ounce packages of “19th Hole Snack Mix” are urged to return them to the place of purchase for a full refund. Consumers with any questions or concerns may contact New England Village Foods at 1.603.554.1873 (M-F 7AM to 4PM Eastern).

    Company Contact Information

    Consumers:
    New England Village Foods
    1.603.554.1873

    Product Photos

    Content current as of:
    04/24/2025

    Regulated Product(s)

    Topic(s)

    Follow FDA

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI USA: Governor Newsom announces appointments 4.24.25

    Source: US State of California 2

    Apr 24, 2025

    SACRAMENTO – Governor Gavin Newsom today announced the following appointments:

    Leia Bailey, of Sacramento, has been appointed Chief Deputy Director at the California Department of Pesticide Regulation. Bailey has been Deputy Director of Communications and Outreach at the California Department of Pesticide Regulation since 2021. Bailey was the Associate Executive Director at the California Craft Brewers Association from 2016 to 2021. She was a Public Relations Account Manager at Perry Communications Group from 2014 to 2016. Bailey was a Public Relations Manager at Appency: Mobile Application Marketing from 2012 to 2014. She was an Account Coordinator at McGrath Power Public Relations and Communications in 2012. Bailey earned a Bachelor of the Arts degree in Journalism from California State University, Sacramento. This position does not require Senate confirmation, and compensation is $193,008. Bailey is a Democrat.

    Miranda Flores, of Folsom, has been appointed Chief Deputy Director at the Governor’s Office of Land Use, Climate, and Innovation. Flores has been Deputy Secretary of Legislation at the California Natural Resources Agency since 2020. She held multiple roles in the Office of State Assemblymember Bill Quirk in the California State Assembly from 2012 and 2017, including Legislative Director, Interim Chief of Staff, Legislative Aide, and Executive Assistant. Flores was Executive Assistant in the Office of State Senate President pro Tempore Darrell Steinberg in the California State Senate from 2010 to 2012. She was Office Manager and Scheduler in the Office of State Senator Jenny Oropeza in the California State Senate from 2008 to 2010. Flores was Lead Capitol Secretary Technician for the California State Senate Sergeant-at-Arms from 2003 to 2008. This position does not require Senate confirmation, and the compensation is $190,536. Flores is a Democrat.

    Crystal Young, of Sacramento, has been appointed Deputy Secretary of Communications at the California Labor and Workforce Development Agency. Young has been Director of Communications to the First Partner in the Office of Governor Gavin Newsom since 2022. She was a Press Secretary in the Office of the California Attorney General from 2020 to 2022. Young was the Communications Coordinator for Teamsters Local 856 from 2017 to 2020. She was a Staff Writer at the United Domestic Workers of America from 2015 to 2017. Young was a Program Manager at the United Way of Greater Los Angeles, Los Angeles County Federation of Labor from 2011 to 2015. She was an Eligibility Specialist at the State of Michigan Department of Human Services in 2011. Young was an Investigative Assistant at the United States Department of Education Office for Civil Rights from 2008 to 2009. She earned a Master of Arts degree in Social Justice from Loyola University and a Bachelor of Arts degree in English from Adrian College. This position does not require Senate confirmation, and the compensation is $155,004. Young is a Democrat.

    Kevin Matulich, of Sacramento, has been appointed Deputy Secretary of Clean Economy and Infrastructure at the California Labor and Workforce Development Agency. Matulich has been a Deputy Cabinet Secretary in the Office of Governor Gavin Newsom since 2023. He held multiple positions at the California Employment Development Department from 2014 to 2023, including Deputy Director of Legislative Affairs, Assistant Director, Assistant Director of Policy and External Affairs, and Special Assistant to the Director. Matulich earned a Bachelor of Arts degree in Sociology from University of California, Santa Barbara. This position does not require Senate confirmation, and the compensation is $181,416. Matulich is a Democrat.

    Brianna Nicole Mallari, of West Sacramento, has been appointed Special Assistant to the Secretary at the California Labor and Workforce Development Agency. Mallari has been an Office Technician at the California Labor and Workforce Development Agency since 2024. She was a Women’s Basketball Coach and Director of Scheduling at Del Oro High School from 2021 to 2025. Mallari was a Human Resources Administrator at Advanced Integrated Pest Management from 2022 to 2024. She was a Personal Assistant at Hilay.Co from 2020 to 2022. This position does not require Senate confirmation, and the compensation is $70,692. Mallari is a Democrat.

    Patricia Lock Dawson, of Riverside, has been appointed to the California Air Resources Board. Lock Dawson has been Mayor of the City of Riverside since 2020. She was a Trustee of the Board of Education at the Riverside Unified School District from 2011 to 2020. Lock Dawson was the President and Owner at PLD Consulting Governmental Affairs from 2001 to 2020. She was a Wildlife Biologist at the Bureau of Land Management from 1994 to 1998. Lock Dawson earned a Master of Business Administration from Claremont Graduate University, a Master of Science degree in Forestry from the University of Washington, and a Bachelor of Science degree in Biology (Ecology) from the University of California, Riverside. This position requires Senate confirmation, and there is no compensation. Lock Dawson is registered without party preference.

    Press Releases, Recent News

    Recent news

    News What you need to know: California’s second C-130 Hercules airtanker is ready for firefighting operations, adding to the state’s arsenal that stands ready to protect communities from catastrophic wildfire. SACRAMENTO – With peak fire season on the horizon,…

    News Sacramento, California – Governor Gavin Newsom today issued a proclamation declaring April 24, 2025 as “Day of Remembrance of the Armenian Genocide.”The text of the proclamation and a copy can be found below: PROCLAMATIONOn April 24, 1915, the Ottoman Empire…

    News SACRAMENTO – Governor Gavin Newsom today announced the following appointments:Annabelle Hopkins, of Sacramento, has been appointed Deputy Director of Government Affairs at the California Public Advocates Office. Hopkins has been Government Relations Manager at…

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI Asia-Pac: 3-Day ‘India Steel 2025’ Kicks Off with Visionary Dialogue and Industry-Driven Innovation on Day 1

    Source: Government of India

    Posted On: 24 APR 2025 8:30PM by PIB Mumbai

    Mumbai, 24 April 2025

     

    India Steel 2025 was inaugurated today at the Bombay Exhibition Centre with a dynamic Day 1 that set the tone for three days of ground breaking dialogues, collaborations, and innovations. The biennial event, jointly organized by the Ministry of Steel, Government of India, and FICCI (Federation of Indian Chambers of Commerce and Industry), has once again cemented its status as the country’s premier platform for the steel industry.

    The inaugural session was addressed by Hon’ble Prime Minister Shri Narendra Modi through a video message and he emphasized India’s strategic vision to enhance domestic steel production, reduce carbon emissions, and promote Make in India. The other key dignitaries part of the inaugural session included Shri Bhupathi Raju Srinivasa Varma, Minister of State, Ministry of Steel, Govt of India; Shri Lakhan Lal Dewangan, Hon’ble Minister of Commerce and Industry, Labour, Govt of Chhattisgarh, Shri Sandeep Pondrik, Secretary, Ministry of Steel, Govt of India; Shri Amarendu Prakash, Chairman, Steel Authority of India Ltd. (SAIL) and Chair- FICCI Steel Committee, Shri Anant Goenka, Senior Vice President, FICCI & Vice Chairman, RPG Group, and Dr. Edwin Basson, Director General, World Steel Association.

    During the day, important sessions were organized to discuss the potential, challenges and opportunities in the Indian steel sector and the road map to capitalize the international market.

    The session on ‘Viksit Bharat: Role of Steel Sector in Indian Economy’, a high-level panel comprising senior policymakers, economists, and industry leaders delved into the critical role of steel in realizing India’s $5 trillion economy vision which was moderated by Shri Anthony Crasto, Senior Partner, Deloitte. The session emphasized the sector’s potential to drive infrastructure, employment, and self-reliance under the Atmanirbhar Bharat initiative. Context to the session was set by Shri Amarendu Prakash, Chairman, SAIL whereas panelists H.E. Shri Mikhail Yurin, Deputy Minister, Ministry of Industry & Trade, Government of Russian Federation, Shri Ashwini Kumar, Economic Advisor, Ministry of Steel, Government of India, Shri Jayant Acharya, Joint Managing Director & CEO JSW Group, Shri Anthony Crasto, Senior Partner, Deloitte & Shri Hitoshi Kawano, CEO, Primetals Technologies India Ltd. shared their thoughts.

    The ‘CEOs Round Table’ was chaired by Shri Bhupathi Raju Srinivasa Varma, Hon’ble Minister of State for Ministry of Steel and Heavy Industries. Other key participants included Shri Sandeep Poundrik, Secretary, Ministry of Steel, Government of India, Shri Hemant Sharma, Additional Chief Secretary, Industries and MSME, Government of Odisha, Shri Ashish Chatterjee, Additional Secretary and Financial Advisor, Ministry of Steel, Government of India along with other govt officials, industry leaders who discussed on the current challenges and growth for the Indian steel sector.

    The ‘India–Russia Round Table’ served as a strategic platform for bilateral engagement between key stakeholders from both nations. The Indian delegation included senior officials such as the Secretary (Steel), Additional Secretary and Financial Advisor (AS&FA), Director General of BIS, Joint Secretaries (AN and VKT), the Director of SAIL, Chairmen and Managing Directors of NMDC and MECON, as well as top leadership from major private sector players including Tata Steel, AMNS, JSW, JSPL, JSL, and other prominent industry members. On the Russian side, the delegation was led by H.E. Shri Mikhail Yurin, Deputy Minister, Ministry of Industry and Trade, along with Shri Bobylev Petr, Director, Coal Industry Development, Ministry of Energy. The round table also included key trade representatives: Shri Evgeny Griva, Shri Mamed Akmedov, Shri Andrey Podchufarov, Shri Artem Ukolov, and Shri Vladislav Dmitriev, Head of the Chamber of Commerce and Industry of the Russian Federation. The discussion centered on enhancing bilateral cooperation in the steel and mining sectors, fostering joint ventures, and exploring new avenues for technology transfer and trade facilitation.

    With participation from over 250 exhibitors across 15 countries, the exhibition hall buzzed with activity, showcasing cutting-edge equipment, automation solutions, and sustainable product lines. Delegates explored advances in AI, robotics, and materials science that are shaping the future of steel.

    The Day-2 of India Steel 2025 will witness the presence of Shri Piyush Goyal, Minister of Commerce & Industry, Govt of India; Shri Dharmendra Pradhan, Minister of Education, Govt of India; Shri Ashwini Vaishnaw, Minister of Railways, I&B and Electronics & Information Technology, Govt of India; Shri Pralhad Joshi, Minister of New & Renewable Energy, Govt of India; along with Shri Mohan Charan Majhi, Chief Minister of Odisha; to address the industry leaders, delegates along with exhibitors  on various sessions on infrastructure, export strategies, and skill development. Networking events and B2B meetings are also scheduled to drive cross-border collaboration and business growth.

    India Steel 2025 continues through April 26, offering a comprehensive platform for stakeholders to engage, ideate, and lead the way forward.

     

    * * *

    PIB Mumbai | T.Jadhav/D.Rane

    Follow us on social media: @PIBMumbai    /PIBMumbai     /pibmumbai   pibmumbai[at]gmail[dot]com  /PIBMumbai     /pibmumbai

    (Release ID: 2124172) Visitor Counter : 77

    MIL OSI Asia Pacific News

  • MIL-OSI Asia-Pac: Adjustment in ceiling prices for dedicated LPG filling stations in May 2025

    Source: Hong Kong Government special administrative region

    Adjustment in ceiling prices for dedicated LPG filling stations in May 2025 
         A department spokesman said that the adjustment on May 1, 2025, would reflect the movement of the LPG international price in April 2025. The adjusted auto-LPG ceiling prices for dedicated LPG filling stations would range from $3.67 to $4.59 per litre, amounting to a decrease of $0 to $0.01 per litre.
     
         The spokesman said that the auto-LPG ceiling prices were adjusted according to a pricing formula specified in the contracts. The formula comprises two elements – the LPG international price and the LPG operating price. The LPG international price refers to the LPG international price of the preceding month. The LPG operating price is adjusted on February 1 and June 1 annually according to the average movement of the Composite Consumer Price Index and the Nominal Wage Index.
     
         The auto-LPG ceiling prices for respective dedicated LPG filling stations in May 2025 are as follows:
     

    MIL OSI Asia Pacific News

  • MIL-OSI Asia-Pac: Prime Minister Shri Narendra Modi termed the steel sector as the “foundation of India’s growth” and the one writing the “story of change”

    Source: Government of India

    Posted On: 24 APR 2025 8:27PM by PIB Mumbai

    Mumbai, 24 April 2025

     

    Addressing a gathering electronically at the India Steel 2025, PM Modi said that he hoped the event would prove to be a new launch pad for sharing new ideas, forge partnerships and boost innovation. “This event will become the foundation of a new chapter in the steel industry.

    “The role of steel in all developed economies has been like a skeleton. Be it sky-scarpers, highways, high speed trains, smart cities, industrial corridors…every success story is backed by the strength of steel,” PM Modi said. He said that the country was taking steps to become a USD 5 trillion economy. “The steel industry will play a crucial role in achieving this target. We are proud that India is now the second biggest steel producer in the world,” he said, underscoring how his government formulated the steel policy envisaging production of 3 million tonnes of steel by 2030. The per capita consumption of steel at present is 98 Kg, which is expected to rise up to 160 Kgs by 2030.

    “The increase in steel consumption signals the direction of the country’s growth, its efficiency and effectiveness,” he said, adding that the steel industry was full of new hopes and ideas. “Today country has the base of PM Gati Shakti and national masterplan,” he said, highlighting how the various utility services and logistic nodes were integrated under PM Gati Shakti. Likewise, he said, the various mine areas and steel units were being mapped for multi-model connectivity.

    “This is the reason why government initiatives have the largest proportion in steel consumption,” he said. The PM said that the steel policy of the government was enabling other industries to become globally competitive. “Our manufacturing, construction and automobile sectors are gaining strength from the steel industry,” he said, adding that the government has tried to give impetus to Make In India by announcing the National Manufacturing Mission. “This mission will boost the small, medium and large industries besides opening new avenues for the steel industry,” he said.

    “We are moving with the goal of building modern and large ships in the country. Our target is that other countries of the world should also buy the steel made in India. Similarly, the demand for pipelines, grade steel and corrosion registered alloys is also increasing in the country. Today, the railway infrastructure in the country is also being developed rapidly,” he said.

    The PM said that there should be a goal for all such needs. “We are aiming to export 25 million tons of steel. We are also working to reach our capacity of 500 million tons by 2047. But for this it is necessary that our steel sector is ready for new processes, new growth and new scale. We have to keep the future in mind and update ourselves,” he said.

    “There are infinite possibilities of employment generation in the growth potential of the steel industry. I appeal to both the private and public sectors to develop new ideas, nurture them and share them. We need to move ahead together in the modern technology upgrade in manufacturing. We have to create as many new employment opportunities as possible for the youth of the country,” he said, adding that there were some challenges in the development journey of the steel industry and it is necessary to solve them to move ahead.

    The PM said that if the global partners and Indian companies work together in this direction, then various challenges will be resolved faster.

    In the last 10 years, the country has taken strides in mining. “Now it is very important to use these allotted mines and the resources of the country properly and on time. The more delay there is in this, the country will suffer losses and the industry will also suffer losses,” he said, stressing on acceleration of green field mining.

    Shri Bhupathi Raju Srinivasa Varma, Minister of State, Ministry of Steel said, “Steel industry is a pivotal pillar of India’s economic expansion, contributing nearly 2% of GDP. As we strive towards becoming a US $ 5 Trillion economy, the sector’s role in infrastructure, manufacturing and exports will only become indispensable. Every investment in steel fuels a ripple effect across allied industries, strengthening our economic foundation and manufacturing excellence.”

    Shri Lakhan Lal Dewangan, Hon’ble Minister of Commerce and Industry, Labour, Chhattisgarh highlighted the important role of his state in Indian Steel Industry stating, Chhattisgarh has long been the backbone of India’s steel industry, contributing significantly to the nation’s production capacity and industrial growth. India Steel 2025 is a timely platform to showcase the immense potential of our state—not only as a leading steel-producing region but also as an emerging hub for green manufacturing and value-added steel products. With the strong support of central government initiatives such as the PM Gati Shakti programme, the National Steel Policy, and Production Linked Incentive (PLI) schemes, Chhattisgarh is rapidly enhancing its infrastructure, attracting new investments, and creating skilled employment opportunities.”

    Shri Sandeep Pondrik, Secretary, Ministry of Steel highlighted the importance of the Indian steel industry. He said, “For the last four years, India has been growing in double digit, perhaps the only major economy which is growing at such a rate. We are not only growing, we will continue to grow for a foreseeable future.  He further added that this growth is happening because of growing steel consumption. In the last 10 years we have doubled the consumption and that is why the steel industry is seeing a positive side. Another factor is our per capita consumption is growing- we have crossed 100 KGs per capita consumption and we are hoping to cross 160 KGs per capita consumption in next 4/5 years.

    Shri Amarendu Prakash, Chairman, Steel Authority of India Ltd. (SAIL) highlighted the importance of India Steel 2025.  He said “India Steel 2025 is not just an exhibition—it is a strategic platform that underscores India’s rising stature in the global steel landscape. As we continue to strengthen our capabilities and expand our global footprint, forums like India Steel provide the perfect opportunity to engage with international partners, showcase our technological advancements, and reaffirm our commitment to nation-building through steel.”

    Shri Anant Goenka, Senior Vice President, FICCI & Vice Chairman, RPG Group said, “The steel industry today serves as a critical catalyst for advancing multiple national priorities. Its growth generates a multiplier effect on manufacturing, industrial and economic growth. To support the growth of the steel industry, it is essential to address certain challenges like financing of capacity augmentation, dumping, cost competitiveness and regulatory pressure around decarbonization as we transition to green steel.

    Dr. Edwin Basson, Director General, World Steel Association said, “India is the second largest steel producer and user, which means what happens here in India is important on a global basis and is also important for the global steel industry. It is indicative of India’s status as a developing economy. Steel industry is an enabling industry, for every 1 US dollar of income generated in the steel industry, there is another 5$ USD generated elsewhere in the economic system.

    He also highlighted the challenges faced by the industry such as maintaining the level playing field, decarbonization and last but not the least is human challenge. India can play a major role in combating all these challenges.

    With India now the second-largest producer of steel globally, India Steel 2025 serves as a vital convergence point for domestic and international stakeholders to explore investment opportunities, forge partnerships, and accelerate the industry’s contribution to India’s economic growth.

     

    * * *

    PIB Mumbai | T.Jadhav/ D.Rane

    Follow us on social media: @PIBMumbai    /PIBMumbai     /pibmumbai   pibmumbai[at]gmail[dot]com  /PIBMumbai     /pibmumbai

    (Release ID: 2124170) Visitor Counter : 94

    MIL OSI Asia Pacific News

  • MIL-OSI Asia-Pac: CABINET RE-APPOINTS TO’OALA ELITA AS M.P.E. CHIEF EXECUTIVE

    Source:

    Share this:

    (GOVT. PRESS SECRETARY]- To’oala Elita To’oala, will continue as the Ministry of Public Enterprise Chief Executive Officer per Cabinet approval this week.

    A Samoa College alumni To’oala completed her Undergraduate Degree in Business Studies at the University of the South Pacific (USP) in Fiji complemented by a Bachelor of Commerce from the National University of Samoa (NUS) and Masters in Business Studies with the University of Western Sydney, Australia.

    This will be her 4th consecutive three year term in office.

    Share this:

    MIL OSI Asia Pacific News

  • MIL-OSI Asia-Pac: HE INDEPENDENT STATE OF SAMOA EXHIBITS ITS PAVILION WITH THE THEME OF “EMPOWERING LIVES” AT EXPO 2025 OSAKA, KANSAI, JAPAN

    Source:

    Share this:

    [PRESS RELEASE 11 April 2025] – The Independent State of Samoa is proud to announce its participation in the Osaka, Kansai Expo 2025, where it will present its Exhibit under the shared Pavillion theme “Empowering Lives” in the Commons A Pavilion. Visitors will have the chance to engage with Samoa’s rich heritage and experience its world renowned hospitality.

    ■Background of the Theme

    Samoa’s Exhibition theme, “Fostering Inclusive Prosperity through enhanced access to opportunity for the people of Samoa,” aligns with its national vision of advancing opportunities for all, particularly women and youth, while strengthening spiritual, cultural, and leadership development. People empowerment is at the heart of Samoa’s national development, promoting social harmony, inclusion, gender equality, and support for the most vulnerable.

    The Samoa Exhibit will offer an immersive experience highlighting three main components:

    1. Samoan Culture, People and Way of Life

    2. Investment and Business Opportunities

    3. Sustainable Tourism Promotion

    The overarching EXPO theme ‘Designing Future Society for our Lives’ underscores the importance of resilience, innovation, and sustainable development. Samoa’s participation will also emphasize the significance of land and marine conservation in ensuring food security and economic growth for small island nations.

    Samoa’s Exhibits aspires to showcase its key national priorities while fostering cross cultural exchanges. Bysharing its rich traditions and development journey, Samoa seeks to learn from other participants and inspire global collaborations.

    ■Exhibit Highlights

    Visitors to the Samoa Exhibit will experience:

    – A curated collection of cultural artefacts and locally made products such as beverages, handcrafted items, textiles, organic personal care products, and local business merchandise.

    – Visual displays including images, banners, and videos showcasing Samoa’s vibrant culture, craftsmanship, and economic potential.

    – Interactive engagements with exhibit staff to learn more about Samoa’s initiatives and opportunities for investment, trade, and tourism.

    ■Samoa’s National Day Celebrations

    Samoa’s National Day at the Expo will be celebrated on 8th June 2025, from 11:00 AM to 12:00 PM at the National Day Hall (‘Ray Garden’), featuring traditional siva (dance) performances by the Samoa Tourism Authority’s Dance Group. Additional cultural and promotional activities will be held at the following times and locations:

    – 8th June 2025: 5:00 PM 8:00 PM at National Day Hall (Ray Garden)

    – 9th 10th June 2025: 12:00 PM 3:00 PM at Inner East Pop up Stages

    ■Discover Samoa

    Samoa, a tropical island in the South Pacific, is celebrated for its breathtaking rainforests, pristine beaches, and warm hospitality. With a population of approximately 220,000, Samoa consists of nine islands spanning 2,842 square kilometers, with Apia as its capital city. Known as the “Cradle of Polynesia,” Samoa maintains a strong cultural heritage rooted in the Fa’a Samoa way of life.

    The economy is driven by agriculture, fisheries, remittances, and tourism, with key exports including coconuts, taro, and fresh seafood. As a parliamentary democracy, Samoa prioritizes sustainable development, environmental preservation, and community empowerment. Notably, Samoa was the first Pacific nation to gain independence in 1962 and made history as the first Pacific Island nation with a female Prime Minister, Hon. Fiame Naomi Mata’afa, who took office in 2021.

    Samoa invites all visitors to explore its Exhibition Booths at the Osaka, Kansai Expo 2025 and experience the essence of its culture, resilience, and vision for the future.

    Expo Site

    https://www.expo2025.or.jp/expo

    END.

    Share this:

    MIL OSI Asia Pacific News

  • MIL-OSI: Onni Bidco Oy has gained title to the minority shares in Innofactor Plc, and the Innofactor Plc shares will be delisted from the official list of Nasdaq Helsinki

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Innofactor Plc | Stock Exchange Release | April 25, 2025 at 12:55 EEST

    Onni Bidco Oy has gained title to the minority shares in Innofactor Plc, and the Innofactor Plc shares will be delisted from the official list of Nasdaq Helsinki

    Onni Bidco Oy (“Onni Bidco”) has posted a security approved by the arbitral tribunal appointed by the Redemption Board of the Finland Chamber of Commerce in connection with the redemption proceedings concerning the minority shares in Innofactor Plc (“Innofactor”). Onni Bidco has thus gained title to all the shares in Innofactor in accordance with Chapter 18, Section 6 of the Finnish Companies Act. As a result of the posting of the security and the transfer of title, the minority shareholders of Innofactor being parties to the redemption proceedings are entitled to receive only the redemption price when it falls due and the interest payable thereon.

    Upon Innofactor’s application, Nasdaq Helsinki Ltd (“Nasdaq Helsinki”) has on April 16, 2025 resolved that the shares in Innofactor will be delisted from the official list of Nasdaq Helsinki after Onni Bidco has gained title to all the shares in Innofactor in the pending redemption proceedings in accordance with the Finnish Companies Act. The listing of the Innofactor shares on the official list of Nasdaq Helsinki ceases today in accordance with a separate release published by Nasdaq Helsinki.

    Investor and media enquiries:

    Veera Vitie (Innofactor), ir@innofactor.com, +358 44 331 0207
    Lasse Lautsuo (Innofactor), ir@innofactor.com, +358 50 480 1597

    Distribution:
    NASDAQ Helsinki
    Main media

    ABOUT INNOFACTOR

    Innofactor is the leading promoter of the modern digital organization in the Nordic countries for its approximately 1,000 customers in the commercial and public sectors. Innofactor has the widest solution offering and leading know-how in the Microsoft ecosystem in the Nordics. Innofactor’s offering includes planning services for business-critical IT solutions, project deliveries, implementation support and maintenance services, as well as own software and services. Innofactor employs nearly 600 experts in Finland, Sweden, Denmark and Norway. Innofactor’s shares are listed on Nasdaq Helsinki with the ticker symbol IFA1V.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI Economics: Triada strikes back

    Source: Securelist – Kaspersky

    Headline: Triada strikes back

    Introduction

    Older versions of Android contained various vulnerabilities that allowed gaining root access to the device. Many malicious programs exploited these to elevate their system privileges and gain persistence. The notorious Triada Trojan also used this attack vector. With time, the vulnerabilities were patched, and restrictions were added to the firmware. Specifically, system partitions in recent Android versions cannot be edited, even with superuser privileges. Ironically, this has inadvertently benefited malicious actors. While external malware now faces greater permission restrictions, pre-installed malware within system partitions has become impossible to remove. Attackers are leveraging this by embedding malicious software into Android device firmware. This is how one of our earlier findings, the Dwphon loader, functioned. It was built into system apps for over-the-air (OTA) updates. In March 2025, our research highlighted the Triada Trojan’s evolved tactics to overcome Android’s enhanced privilege restrictions. Attackers are now embedding a sophisticated multi-stage loader directly into device firmware. This allows the Trojan to infect the Zygote process, thereby compromising every application running on the system.

    Key takeaways:

    • We discovered new versions of the Triada Trojan on devices whose firmware was infected even before they were available for sale. These were imitations of popular smartphone brands, and they remained available from various online marketplaces at the time of our research.
    • A copy of the Trojan infiltrates every application launched on an infected device. The modular architecture of the malware gives attackers virtually unlimited control over the system, enabling them to tailor functionality to specific applications.
    • In the current version of Triada, the payloads we have analyzed exhibit several malicious behaviors depending on the host application. Specifically, they can modify cryptocurrency wallet addresses during transfer attempts, replace links in browsers, send arbitrary text messages and intercept replies, and steal login credentials for messaging and social media apps.

    The complete infection chain looks like this:

    Triada Trojan infection chain

    Kaspersky products detect the new version of Triada as Backdoor.AndroidOS.Triada.z..

    System framework with a malicious dependency

    Our initial investigation focused on native libraries included in the firmware of several devices, located in:

    • /system/framework/arm/binder.so
    • /system/framework/arm64/binder.so

    The file is not present in a reference Android version. We discovered that the suspicious library was loaded into Zygote, the parent process for every Android application, by an infected AOT-compiled Android system framework ( bootframework.oat) located in the same directory.

    Malicious dependency in boot-framework.oat

    The binder.so library registers a native method, println_native, for the android.util.Log class, used by applications installed on the device to write messages to Logcat. The implementation of this method calls a suspicious function, _config_log_println.

    Call to the suspicious function

    The _config_log_println function then calls two other functions that deploy three modules, contained in the rodata section of the malicious library, into every process launched on the device. One of the functions runs every time, while the other one only runs if the Android OS on the device is Version 9 or earlier.

    Execution of the two malicious functions

    Let us take a closer look at the modules that these launch.

    1. Auxiliary module

    This module from the rodata section of the malicious library is written to the application’s internal data directory under the name systemlibarm64_%N%.jar, where N is a random number.

    Loading the auxiliary module

    The auxiliary module registers a receiver that can load arbitrary code files, although we did not see this happen in the cases described below. We would later call this module auxiliary because other payloads relied on it to perform their malicious functions. For example, for the com.android.core.info.config.JvmCore class from this module, binder.so registers native methods that can intercept calls to arbitrary methods within the process where the malware is running.

    2. The mms-core.jar backdoor

    This module undergoes a double XOR decryption process with different keys pulled from the rodata section of the malicious library. After decryption, it is saved to disk as /data/data/%PACKAGE%/mms-core.jar and then loaded using DexClassLoader. Once the loading is complete, the payload file is deleted.

    Loading the backdoor

    This mmscore.jar is a new iteration of a backdoor we mentioned in our earlier reports. In contrast to past versions, which exploited and modified system files to load itself into Zygote, the malware now achieves reliable Zygote access by leveraging a compromised system framework. Similar to previous versions, the backdoor downloads and executes other payloads.

    3. Crypto stealer or dropper?

    Immediately upon starting, the binder.so library reads the file /proc/%PID%/cmdline, with %PID% representing the system process ID. This is how the Trojan determines the package name of a running app.

    Package name check

    Based on the package name, binder.so loads either a crypto stealer loader (if the application is cryptocurrency-related) or a dropper from the rodata section. Neither payload is encrypted.

    Triada crypto stealer

    In previous Triada versions we analyzed, cryptocurrency applications were immediately infected with a crypto stealer. However, in these latest samples, the malicious module is a loader specifically targeting apps with the following package names:

    The entry point for this malicious loader is the onCreate method within the com.hwsen.abc.SDK class. In latest versions this module requests a configuration from a GitHub repository. Using a pseudo-random number generator, the sample selects a number (0, 1, or 2), each corresponding to a specific repository address.

    Loading the configuration

    All field values within the configuration are encrypted using AES-128 in ECB mode and then encoded with Base64. An example of a decrypted configuration is shown below:

    If online equals true, the loader downloads a payload from the URL specified in the durl field. If errors occur, it uses durl2 and durl3 as backup links. The downloaded payload is decrypted using XOR with a hardcoded key and saved to the application’s internal data directory under the name specified in the vname parameter. The pkg and method fields represent the class name and method, respectively, that will be called after the crypto stealer is loaded via DexClassLoader.

    The downloaded payload attempts to steal the victim’s cryptocurrency using various methods. For example, it monitors running activities at preset intervals. This allows the Trojan to intercept attempts at withdrawing cryptocurrency and replace the victim’s crypto wallet addresses in the relevant text fields with addresses belonging to the attackers. To achieve this, the malware runs a depth-first search for all graphical sub-elements within the current frame, identifying the blockchain to which the funds are being sent. The Trojan then swaps the crypto wallet address with a hardcoded one and replaces the click handlers of all buttons in the application with a proxy handler that swaps the crypto wallet address again, ensuring the attackers can steal the funds. Interestingly, the crypto stealer also replaces image elements with generated QR codes containing attacker-controlled wallet addresses.

    Text and image replacement

    The Trojan also monitors the clipboard contents and, if it finds a crypto wallet address, it gets replaced with an address belonging to the attackers.

    Clipboard hijacking

    Dropper

    If the binder.so library happens to run in an app unrelated to cryptocurrency, it downloads a different payload. This is a dropper that calls the onCreate method within the com.system.framework.api.vp2130.services class. Depending on the version, it can extract up to three Base64-encoded additional modules from its own contents.

    • The dropper loads a com.android.packageinstaller.apiv21.ApiV21 class from the first module inside the system APK installer app. This class registers a receiver that allows other modules to install arbitrary APKs on the device and also uninstall any apps.

    Malicious receiver

    Beginning with Android 13, apps from untrusted sources are restricted from accessing sensitive permissions, such as those for accessibility services. To bypass these restrictions for sideloaded apps, the receiver installs them through an installation session in newer Android versions.

    • The com.system.framework.audio.Audio class is loaded from the second module to block network connections. Depending on the system architecture, it decodes and loads a native helper library. This library uses the xhook library to intercept calls to the getaddrinfo and android_getaddrinfofornet functions. These functions handle communication with the dnsproxyd service in Android, which performs DNS requests using a client-server model. If the attackers have sent a command to block a specific domain, its name is replaced by a hook redirecting to 127.0.0.1, making access to the original domain impossible.

    Intercepting the dnsproxyd communications functions

    Thus, the malware can block requests to anti-fraud services unless they use a custom DNS implementation.

    • The com.system.framework.api.init.services class is also loaded from the third module to download arbitrary payloads. For this purpose, the malware periodically transmits a wealth of device information (MAC address, model, CPU, manufacturer, IMEI, IMSI, etc.), along with the host application name and version, to its command-and-control server. Before being sent, the data is encrypted using AES-128 in CBC mode and then encoded with Base64. The C2 responds with a JSON file containing information about the payload, also encrypted with AES-128 in CBC mode. The infected device receives the key and initialization vector (IV) RSA-encrypted from the C2 within the same JSON.

    Decoding, loading, and running the payload

    For convenience, we will refer to this module as the Triada backdoor going forward. It is this module that holds the greatest interest for our research, as it provides the malware with a wide range of capabilities. A closer look at the Triada threat actor’s objectives yielded a somewhat surprising result. Whereas previous malicious samples mainly displayed ads and signed users up for paid subscriptions, the attackers’ priorities have now drastically changed.

    What Triada downloads

    To understand exactly how the attackers’ priorities have shifted, we decided to try downloading the payloads for various popular apps. We observed that the binder.so malicious library passes a flag to the dropper upon starting if the application’s name is on a list within its code. This list included both system apps and popular apps from official stores.

    Some apps from binder.so

    This list served as the starting point for our investigation. For all the listed applications, we sent requests to the malware C2, and some of them returned links to download payloads. As an example, this is the response we received from the Trojan after requesting a payload for Telegram:

    The payload information from the C2 server was received as an array of objects, with each containing two download URLs (primary and backup), the MD5 hash of the file to download, the module’s entry point details, and its ID. After downloading, the modules were decrypted twice using XOR with different keys.

    Triada decrypting the payload

    In addition to this, the response from the C2 contained other package names. By using these, we were able to obtain various further payloads.

    It should be noted that according to the Android security model, unprivileged users do not normally have access to certain application data. However, as mentioned earlier, the malware is loaded by the Zygote process, which allows it to bypass OS restrictions because each payload runs within the process of the app it targets. This means the modules can obtain any application data, and the attackers actively exploit this in subsequent stages of infection. Furthermore, each additional malware payload can use all the permissions available to the app.

    During module analysis, we also noted the significant skill of the Triada creators: each payload is tailored to the target app’s characteristics. Let us see which modules the Trojan loaded into some popular Android apps.

    Telegram modules

    For the Telegram messaging app, the Triada backdoor downloaded two modules at the time of this research. The first module (b8a745bdc0e083ffc88a524c7f465140) launches a malicious task within the messaging app’s context once every 24 hours. We believe that the attackers thoroughly examined Telegram’s internal workings before coding this task.

    Malicious task code

    Initially, the malicious task tries to obtain the victim’s account details. To do this, the module reads a string associated with the user key from the key-value pairs saved using SharedPreferences in the app settings XML file named userconfig. The string contains Base64-encoded serialized data about the Telegram user, which the messaging client code deserializes to communicate with the API. The malware takes advantage of this: Triada tries several reflection-based methods to read the user data.

    Deserializing victim account details

    The malware sends the following user information to the C2 server if it has not done so previously:

    • A serialized string containing the victim’s account details.
    • The victim’s phone number.
    • The contents of the tgnet.dat file from the application’s data directory.
      This file stores Telegram authentication data including the user’s token, which allows the attackers to gain complete control over the victim’s account.
    • The string with id=1 from the params table in the cache4.db database.

    This payload also contains unused code for displaying ads.

    The second module (fce117a9d7c8c73e5f56bda7437bdb28) uses Base64 to decode and then execute another payload (8f0e5f86046faed1d06bca7d3e48c0b8). This payload registers its own observer for new Telegram messages, which checks their content. If the message text matches regular expressions received by the Trojan from the C2 server, the message is deleted from the client. This module also attempts to delete Telegram notifications about new sessions.

    Filtering messages based on content

    Additionally, the malware tries to initiate a conversation with a bot that was no longer there at the time of our research.

    Initiating communication with an unknown bot

    Instagram module

    This module (3f887477091e67c6aaca15bce622f485) starts by requesting the device’s advertising ID from Google Play services, which it then uses as the victim ID. After that, a malicious task runs once every 24 hours, sequentially scanning all XML files used by SharedPreferences until it finds the first file whose name begins with UserCookiePrefsFile_. This file contains the cookies for active Instagram sessions, and intercepting these sessions allows the attackers to take over the victim’s account. The task also collects all files ending in batch from the analytics directory inside data.

    The malware reading the internal files

    These files, along with information about the infected device, are encoded in Base64 and sent to the C2 server.

    Browser module

    This module (98ece45e75f93c5089411972f9655b97) is loaded into the browsers with the following package names:

    • com.android.chrome
    • org.mozilla.firefox
    • com.microsoft.emmx
    • com.microsoft.emmx.canary
    • com.heytap.browser
    • com.opera.browser
    • com.sec.android.app.sbrowser
    • com.chrome.beta

    First, it establishes a connection with the C2 server over TCP sockets. Then, using the RSA algorithm, it encrypts an IV and key concatenation for AES-128 in CBC mode. The Trojan uses AES to encrypt the information about the infected device and then combines it with the key and IV into a single large buffer, which it sends to the TCP socket.

    Code snippet for C2 communication

    The C2 server responds with a buffer encrypted with the same parameters as the request it received from the infected device. The response contains a task to periodically substitute links opened in the browser. An example of this task is shown below.

    The link replacement works as follows. The module first checks the version and name of the browser that it is running in to register hooks for the methods that the browser uses for opening links.

    Launching browser-specific functionality

    We noted earlier that in the initial stages, the Trojan downloaded an auxiliary module that implements its functionality to intercept arbitrary methods. The browser module utilizes this to interfere with the process of opening pages in various browsers.

    Using the auxiliary module

    In addition, the malware uses reflection to replace the Instrumentation class instance for the app. The execStartActivity method, which launches app activities, is replaced in the proxy class.

    Malicious call in the Instrumentation proxy class

    In Android, application activities are launched by broadcasting an intent with a specific action. If the application has an activity with an intent filter that declares the ability to handle the action, Android will launch it. When an application opens a link in a browser, it creates and sends an Intent instance with the action android.intent.action.VIEW, including the URI to be opened. Triada substitutes the URI in the received Intent instance.

    Replacing the link in the Intent instance

    In the samples we analyzed, the C2 server sent links to advertising resources. However, we believe that the malware creators could also use this functionality for, say, phishing.

    WhatsApp modules

    For WhatsApp, the Trojan’s C2 server would provide two modules. One of these (d5bc1298e436424086cb52508fb104b1) runs a malicious task within the WhatsApp client’s context every five minutes. This task reads various keys essential for the client’s operation, as well as data about the active session.

    The Trojan reading WhatsApp login credentials

    This data, along with information about the victim’s device, is forwarded to the C2 server, giving the attackers complete access to the victim’s WhatsApp account.

    The other module (dc731e55a552caed84d04627e96906d5) starts by intercepting WhatsApp client functions that send and receive messages. The threat actor employed an interesting technique to work around class name obfuscation in WhatsApp code. The module’s code contains the names of the class and method being intercepted, specific to different WhatsApp versions. This likely required the attackers to manually analyze how each version worked. It is worth noting too that if the module’s code lacks the class names for the specific client version, the malware can request an interception configuration from the attackers’ C2 server.

    If the interception is successful, the module continues its operation by sending data about the infected device to the C2 server and receiving a TCP socket IP address in response. Commands are then transmitted through this socket, allowing the malware to perform the following actions:

    • Send arbitrary WhatsApp messages.
    • Delete sent messages on the device to cover its tracks.
    • Close the connection.

    Snippet of the command handler

    LINE module

    This module (1d582e2517905b853ec9ebfe77759d15) runs inside the LINE messaging app. First, the malware gathers information about the infected device and sends it to the C2 server. Subsequently, every 30 seconds, it collects internal app data, specifically the PROFILE_AUTH_KEY and PROFILE_MID values from the settings table in the naver_line database. The malicious module also obtains the UserAgent string and additional information to mimic HTTP requests as if they were coming from the messaging client itself. Additionally, the malware decrypts the user’s phone number and region from the naver_line database and uses reflection to obtain the application’s access token, which allows it to take over the victim’s account.

    Obtaining an access token

    The module sends the data it collects to the C2 server.

    Collecting and sending data

    Skype module

    This module (b87706f7fcb21f3a4dfdd2865b2fa733) runs a malicious task every two minutes that attempts to send information about the infected device to the C2. Once the C2 accepts the request, the task stops, and the Trojan begins reading internal Skype files every hour. Initially, the module tries to extract a token that allows access to the Skype account from the React Native framework keychain.

    Triada extracting a token from the keychain

    Failing to obtain the token through this method, the malware then tries to locate it within WebView cookies.

    Extracting a token from the cookies

    This token is then sent to the Trojan’s C2 server, thus compromising the victim’s account.

    The versions of Triada we have seen contain no payloads for Microsoft Teams or Skype for Business. However, we believe that after Microsoft sunsets Skype, the attackers might add new malicious modules for these apps.

    TikTok module

    This module (993eb2f8bf8b5c01b30e3044c3bc10a3) sends information about the infected device to the attackers’ server once a day. Additionally, the malware collects a variety of data about the victim’s account. For example, it reads cached TikTok cookies from an internal directory, which might have been used by WebView within the app. The attackers are interested in the msToken in these cookies, as it is necessary for interacting with the TikTok API. The module also extracts other information from the TikTok client, such as the user ID ( secUID), the UserAgent for API requests, and more. We believe that the attackers need this data to bypass TikTok API restrictions and simulate a real device when making API requests. Every five minutes, the malicious module attempts to send all data it collects to the attackers’ server.

    Stealing TikTok account data

    Facebook modules

    One of such modules (b187551675a234c3584db4aab2cc83a9) runs a malicious task every minute that compares the parent app package name against the following list:

    • com.facebook.lite
    • com.facebook.mlite
    • com.facebook.orca

    If the name matches one of the above, the malware steals the Facebook authentication cookies.

    Stealing Facebook credentials

    Another module (554f0de0bddf30589482315fe336ea72) sends data about the infected device to the C2. The server responds with a link to be opened in WebView, as well as JavaScript code to execute on the page. The malware can upload certain elements from this page to the C2 server, which potentially could be used by attackers to steal the victim’s account data.

    SMS modules

    These malicious components are injected into SMS apps. One of them (195e0f334beb34c471352179d422c42f) starts by registering its own proxy receiver for incoming SMS and MMS messages, as well as its own message observer. Following this, the malware retrieves rules from the C2 server, storing these in a separate database. The content of each received message is filtered on the basis of these rules.

    Checking message content

    The flexibility of these rules enables the malware to respond to specific SMS messages by extracting codes using regular expressions. We believe the Trojan creators primarily use this capability to sign victims up for paid subscriptions. Additionally, the module can send arbitrary SMS messages when instructed by the C2 server.

    Interestingly, the module contains unused code snippets that are valuable for analysis — they also function as message filtering rules. Each rule includes a string value that defines its type: an MD5 hash of certain data. The module code contains methods named matchWhatsapp and matchRegister that use the same rule type. Analysis of matchWhatsapp revealed that this malicious component previously could cover other modules’ tracks and delete SMS messages containing verification codes for logging in to the victim’s WhatsApp account. The use of the same rule type suggests that matchRegister is also employed by the malicious module to conceal its activity, possibly to secretly register accounts. This method is likely obsolete because the malware now supports receiving rules from the C2 server.

    Rule for intercepting WhatsApp verification SMS messages

    The second module (2ac5414f627f8df2e902fc34a73faf44) is likely an auxiliary component for the first one. The thing is, Android performs a check on the addressee when an SMS is being sent. If the message is being sent to a short code (premium SMS), the user will be prompted to confirm their intention to send. This measure aims to prevent financial losses for device owners encountering SMS Trojans. The SMSDispatcher class in the Android framework checks if the app has permission to send premium SMS messages. To do this, it calls the getPremiumSmsPermission method within the SmsUsageMonitor class, which stores premium SMS sending policies for each application using the SharedPreferences mechanism with the key premiumsmspolicy. The policies are integers that can take the following values:

    • 1: User confirmation is required before sending a premium SMS.
    • 2: The app is prohibited from sending premium SMS messages.
    • 3: Sending premium SMS messages is allowed, and user confirmation is not required.

    The malicious module sets the policy value for SMS messaging apps to 3, thereby clearing obstacles for the previous module. Notably, this is an undocumented Android feature, which further highlights the malware authors’ advanced skill level.

    Method for overriding premium SMS sending policies

    Reverse proxy

    As far as we know, this module (3dc21967e6fab9518275960933c90d04), integrates into the Google Play Services app. Immediately upon starting, it transmits information about the infected device to the C2 server. The server responds with an IP address and port, which the malware uses to listen for commands via a modified version of the EasySocket library. The commands are integers that can take three values:

    • 1: Establish a connection with an arbitrary TCP endpoint, assigning to it the ID transmitted in the command.
    • 2: Terminate the TCP connection with the specified ID.
    • 4: Send data over the TCP connection with the specified ID.

    Processing received data

    Thus, the main purpose of this module is to turn the infected device into a reverse proxy, essentially giving the attackers network access through the victim’s device.

    Call interception

    This module (a4f16015204db28f5654bb64775d75ad) is injected into the device’s phone app. It registers a malicious receiver that, upon receiving intents, can execute arbitrary JavaScript code using WebView.

    Executing arbitrary code via the malicious receiver

    The malware provides the JavaScript code with an interface to call certain Java functions. One of these functions takes the victim’s phone number and sends an intent that includes it.

    An intent with a phone number

    The command number is transmitted in the type field of the intent. However, the module lacks a handler for this number. We assume that it is implemented in a different payload that we were unable to obtain during our investigation.

    We also believe that this module is still under development. For example, similar to the browser module, it replaces the Instrumentation class to substitute the number opened using the android.intent.action.VIEW intent. However, the module lacks number substitution code.

    Instrumentation proxy class

    We strongly believe the number substitution functionality exists in another version of this module or will be added in the near future.

    Clipper

    Our data indicates that this module (04e485833e53aceb259198d1fcba7eaf) integrates into the Google Play app. Upon starting, it requests a comma-separated list of attackers’ cryptocurrency wallet addresses from the C2 server. If it cannot get the addresses, the Trojan uses hardcoded ones. After that, the module checks the clipboard every two seconds. If it finds a cryptocurrency wallet address, it replaces it with one controlled by the attackers. Additionally, the malware registers an event handler for clipboard changes, where it also checks and swaps the content.

    Clipboard hijacking

    Additional module

    In our previous report, we described the malicious modules downloaded by the initial Triada backdoor. We decided to check if the list of payloads had changed. Unfortunately, at the time of our research, the backdoor C2 server was not sending links to download additional modules. However, we noticed that the module entry points used a consistent special naming format – we will discuss this in more detail later. This allowed us to find another Triada malware sample in our telemetry. The module is named BrsCookie_1004 (952cc6accc50b75a08bb429fb838bff7), and is designed for stealing Instagram cookies from web browsers.

    Stealing cookies

    Campaign features

    Our analysis of this Trojan revealed several interesting details. For example, it shows similarities to earlier versions of Triada (308e35fb48d98d9e466e4dfd1ba6ee73): these implement the same logic for loading additional modules as the mmscore.jar backdoor deployed by the infected framework.

    Loading modules in older Triada versions

    Loading modules in mms-core.jar

    Furthermore, lines starting with PPP appear regularly in the module code.

    Creating log entries in an older Triada version

    Loading a module in binder.so in a newer Triada version

    Functions from the binder.so malicious library set system properties similar to those in previous Triada versions. These and other similarities lead us to believe that the sample we analyzed is a new version of Triada.

    While analyzing the modules, we encountered comments in Chinese, suggesting that the developers are Chinese native speakers. Additionally, one of the C2 servers used by the Triada modules, g.sxim[.]me, caught our attention. This domain was also used as a C2 server for a module of the Vo1d backdoor, suggesting a potential link to Triada.

    Distribution vector

    In all known infection cases, the device firmware had a build fingerprint whose last letter differed from officially published firmware fingerprints. Searching for similar fingerprints led us to discussion boards where users complained about counterfeit devices purchased from online stores. It is likely that a stage in the supply chain was compromised, with the vendors in online stores possibly being unaware that they were distributing fake devices infected with Triada.

    User complaining about a counterfeit device

    Translation:

    “The journey of a counterfeit device bought in [redacted]. Please keep this discussion in case it helps some poor fellow like me to restore the phone on their own. Previous version: 8Gb / 256Gb / 14.0.6.0 (TGPMIXN). Current version: 4Gb / 128Gb / 14.0.6.0 (TGPMIXM)”

    Victims

    According to KSN telemetry, our security solutions have detected over 4500 infected devices worldwide. The highest numbers of affected users were detected in Russia, the United Kingdom, the Netherlands, Germany, and Brazil. However, the actual number of infected devices could be much higher, given the unusual distribution method described in this article. The diagram below shows the TOP 10 countries with the highest numbers of users attacked between March 13 and April 15, 2025.

    TOP 10 countries with the highest numbers of users attacked by Triada, March 13 – April 15, 2025 (download)

    Separately, we decided to calculate the amount of cryptocurrency the Triada creators have stolen. To do this, we queried the Trojan’s C2 servers, receiving replacement wallet addresses in response. Findings from open-source research indicated that since June 13, 2024, the attackers had amassed more than $264,000 in various cryptocurrencies in wallets under their control. Below is a diagram showing the balance of several attacker-controlled wallets.

    A profitability chart for the threat actor’s TRON wallets (download)

    Conclusion

    The new version of the Triada Trojan is a multi-stage backdoor giving attackers unlimited control over a victim’s device. The modular architecture provides its authors with a range of malicious capabilities, including targeted delivery of new modules and mass infection of specific applications. If your phone has been infected with Triada, we recommend following these rules to minimize the consequences of malicious activity:

    • Install a clean firmware on your device.
    • Avoid using messaging apps, crypto wallets, or social media clients currently on your device before installing new firmware.
    • Use a reliable security solution to be promptly notified of similar threats on your device.

    Indicators of compromise

    Infected system frameworks

    f468a29f836d2bba7a2b1a638c5bebf0
    72cbbc58776ddc44abaa557325440bfb
    fb937b1b15fd56c9d8e5bb6b90e0e24a
    2ac4d8e1077dce6f4d2ba9875b987ca7
    7b8905af721158731d24d0d06e6cb27e
    9dd92503bd21d12ff0f2b9740fb6e529

    Infected native libraries

    89c3475be8dba92f4ee7de0d981603c1
    01dff60fbf8cdf98980150eb15617e41
    18fef4b6e229fc01c8b9921bb0353bb0
    21be50a028a505b1d23955abfd2bdb3e
    43adb868af3812b8f0c47e38fb93746a
    511443977de2d07c3ee0cee3edae8dc8
    716f0896b22c2fdcb0e3ee56b7c5212f
    83dbc4b95f9ae8a83811163b301fe8c7
    8892c6decebba3e26c57b20af7ad4cca
    a7127978fac175c9a14cd8d894192f78
    a9a106b9df360ec9d28f5dfaf4b1f0b5
    c30c309e175905ffcbd17adb55009240
    c4efe3733710d251cb041a916a46bc44
    e9029811df1dd8acacfe69450b033804
    e961cb0c7d317ace2ff6159efe30276a

    Modules

    Module C2 servers

    lnwxfq[.]qz94[.]com
    8.218.194[.]192
    g.sxim[.]me
    68u91[.]66foh90o[.]com
    jmll4[.]66foh90o[.]com
    w0g25[.]66foh90o[.]com
    tqq6g[.]66foh90o[.]com
    zqsvl[.]uhabq9[.]com
    hm1es[.]uhabq9[.]com
    0r23b[.]uhabq9[.]com
    vg1ne[.]uhabq9[.]com
    is5jg[.]3zweuj[.]com
    qrchq[.]vrhoeas[.]com
    xjl5a[.]unkdj[.]xyz
    lvqtcqd[.]pngkcal[.]com
    xc06a[.]0pk05[.]com
    120.79.89[.]98
    xcbm4[.]0pk05[.]com
    lptkw[.]s4xx6[.]com
    ad1x7[.]mea5ms[.]com
    v58pq[.]mpvflv[.]com
    bincdi[.]birxpk[.]com
    773i8h[.]k6zix6[.]com
    ya27fw[.]k6zix6[.]com

    CDN servers for delivery of malicious modules

    mp2y3[.]sm20j[.]xyz
    ompe2[.]7u6h8[.]xyz
    app-file.b-cdn[.]net

    GitHub configurations

    hxxps://raw.githubusercontent[.]com/adrdotocet/ott/main/api.json
    hxxps://raw.githubusercontent[.]com/adrdotocet2/ott/main/api.json
    hxxps://raw.githubusercontent[.]com/adrdotocet3/ott/main/api.json

    Triada system properties

    os.config.ppgl.ext.hws.cd
    os.config.ppgl.btcore.devicekey
    os.config.ppgl.version
    os.config.opp.build.model
    os.config.opp.build.status
    os.config.ppgl.status
    os.config.ppgl.status.rom
    os.config.ppgl.build.vresion
    os.config.hk.status
    os.config.ppgl.cd
    os.config.ppgl.dir
    os.config.ppgl.dexok
    os.config.ppgl.btcore.sericode
    os.config.verify.status
    os.config.alice.build.channel
    os.config.alice.build.time
    os.config.alice.service.status
    os.android.version.alice.sure

    MIL OSI Economics

  • MIL-OSI United Kingdom: Menopause Employment Ambassador partners with industry leaders to support women to stay in work.

    Source: United Kingdom – Executive Government & Departments

    Press release

    Menopause Employment Ambassador partners with industry leaders to support women to stay in work.

    Thousands of women are set to benefit from plans to boost workplace support as leaders from across industry, healthcare and the legal profession came together today to form the first-ever independent Menopause Advisory Group.

    • Menopause Employment Ambassador, Mariella Frostrup to work with industry leaders on how employers can support women with menopause in the workplace.
    • Independent “Menopause advisory group” launched to support employers on steps they can take to help women to stay in work.
    • Comes as part of wider government drive to break down barriers to work to unlock growth as part of the Plan for Change.

    Thousands of women are set to benefit from plans to boost workplace support as leaders from across industry, healthcare and the legal profession came together today to form the first-ever independent Menopause Advisory Group.

    Stark figures from the Chartered Institute for Personnel and Development show that over half of women experiencing menopause (53 per cent) have not been able to attend work due to their symptoms, with 10 per cent leaving work for good – costing businesses around £1.5 billion every year.

    Convened by the government’s Menopause Employment Ambassador, Mariella Frostrup, the group discussed the impact menopause can have on workers, current efforts to support women in work and businesses can work in partnership with government to ensure women don’t fall out of the work force due to menopause.

    It comes alongside the government’s wider efforts to break down barriers to work, keep people in work and create a thriving and inclusive labour market which is central to unlocking economic growth as part of the plan for change.

    Work and Pensions Secretary Liz Kendall said:

    “For too long working women have suffered in silence or stopped working when they experience the menopause – a completely natural and normal part of life.

    “A taboo and lack of understanding is holding back our nation’s growth and it’s time to tackle it head on.

    “The first ever independent Menopause Advisory Group will bring together huge knowledge and experience on this vital issue so we can give women the support they need to remain and thrive in work, putting money in people’s pockets and delivering growth for our economy as part of the Plan for Change.”

    Menopause Employment Ambassador, Mariella Frostrup said:

    I’m delighted to have this incredible group of professionals helping me ensure that women in midlife, a time when we often have to balance so much responsibility, are properly supported at work.

    Far too many experienced and capable women are forced out of employment through no fault of their own, hurting their earnings and our nation’s economy. Together we can create a more supportive and happier workplace where everyone can succeed.

    Fiona Vines, Director of Inclusion and Wellbeing at BT said: 

    We are proud to host the launch of the Government’s Menopause Employment Ambassador’s Advisory Group. At BT Group we understand the importance of supporting women’s health in the workplace. This event is an important opportunity to bring business leaders together with key government ministers to promote awareness and implement strategies to improve workplace support for women affected by menopause.

    Jon Paull, COO at Octopus Energy, said: 

    Menopause affects half the population, yet for too long women were expected to manage it in silence. We support our team members through this transition so they can continue to do their jobs with confidence while being the best versions of themselves at work. This isn’t just good for their wellbeing and the happiness of our teams but also incredibly good for business. A true win-win.

    The launch of the group comes as the government steers its flagship Employment Rights Bill through Parliament. As well as boosting workers’ rights and protections, the Bill also includes landmark legislation that requires large employers with more than 250 employees to produce and publish Menopause Action Plans detailing how they will support employees through the menopause.

    The government has also started work on its £240 million Get Britain Working plans, launching the first two trailblazers to tackle inactivity in South Yorkshire and Wales in recent weeks with the reforms set to transform Jobcentres to focus on people’s skills and careers, guarantee young people the chance to earn or learn and provide mental health support to help people to start and stay in work.

    Notes to Editors:

    Mariella Frostrup was named Menopause Employment Ambassador on 18th October 2024 – details can be found here Women’s health campaigner Mariella Frostrup appointed as Government Menopause Employment Ambassador – GOV.UK

    The group will provide Mariella Frostrup with expert knowledge from a wide range of sectors on how businesses can better support women and tackle this critical issue.  The members are:

    • Tina Backhouse, General Manager of Theramex
    • Prof. Janice Rymer, Consultant Gynaecologist and Chair of the British Menopause Society
    • Kelly Gardner, Detective Superintendent for Bedfordshire Police
    • Laura Biggs, Founding Director of Menopause Mandate
    • Jon Paull, Chief Operating Officer of Octopus Energy
    • Juliet Balfour, NHS GP and Menopause Specialist
    • Nadira Awal, NHS GP and founder of Pause and Co
    • Nina Kuypers, Founder of Black Women in Menopause
    • Rachel Suff, Senior Policy & Practice Adviser for CIPD
    • Kristen Furber, People Director for Channel 4
    • Kudsia Batool, Director of Equalities for Trade Union Congress
    • Deborah Turner, National Lead for Women in Enterprise for Federation of Small Businesses
    • Sue Wardlow, CEO of Greensand Multi Academy Trust
    • Emma Hammond, Partner at Gunnercooke Law

    Updates to this page

    Published 25 April 2025

    MIL OSI United Kingdom

  • MIL-OSI Asia-Pac: CSIR-IMMT Signs Joint Declarations of Intent with Russia’s Giredmet, Rosatom, Moscow and National University of Science and Technology, Moscow to Advance Critical Mineral Technologies

    Source: Government of India

    Posted On: 25 APR 2025 11:00AM by PIB Bhubaneshwar

    The Council of Scientific and Industrial Research (CSIR), through its premier minerals research institute CSIR-IMMT, has signed two Joint Declarations of Intent (JDIs) with leading Russian institutions—the State Research and Design Institute of the Rare Metal Industry (JSC Giredmet), a premier research and design institute under the Russian State Atomic Energy Corporation, Rosatom, Moscow and the National University of Science and Technology MISIS, Moscow (NUST MISIS)—to strengthen cooperation in critical mineral processing and sustainable resource development.

    Two separate Joint Declarations of Intent were signed by Dr. Ramanuj Narayan (Director, CSIR-IMMT)—one with Dr. Andrei I. Golinei (Director, Chemical Technology Unit, JSC Rosatom Science) and another with Dr. Michael R. Filonov (Vice-Rector, NUST MISIS).The collaborations are coordinated by Dr. Kali Sanjay, Chief Scientist and Head of Business Development from CSIR-IMMT, and Dr Konstantin V. Ivanovskikh, Deputy Director for Science and Innovation, and Dr. Korotchenko Natalia, Director MISIS Information and Marketing Centre from Giredmet JSC and NUST MISIS, respectively.Shri Anoop Kumar Srivastava, Counsellor (Space) from the Embassy of India, Moscow was also present during the signing, supporting the bilateral collaborations in critical minerals technologies.

    Signing of JDI between CSIR-IMMT, Bhubaneswar and State Research and Design Institute of the Rare Metal Industry (JSC Giredmet), Rosatom, Moscow

    Signing of JDI between CSIR-IMMT, Bhubaneswar and National University of Science and Technology MISIS, Moscow

     

     

    The CSIR-IMMT team (Dr. Ramanuj Narayan, Director and Dr. Kali Sanjay, Chief Scientist and Head, Business Development) met with His Excellency Mr. Vinay Kumar, Ambassador of India to the Russian Federation, at the Indian Embassy in Moscow on 24th April, 2025. The meeting was facilitated by Shri Anoop Kumar Srivastava, Counsellor (Space). During the interaction, the team briefed the honourable Ambassador on purpose of the visit to Russia and highlighted the importance of R&D and technological collaboration in process metallurgy, with a focus on critical minerals vital for Atmanirbhar Bharat and Viksit Bharat.

     

     

    CSIR-IMMT team meets with His Excellency Mr. Vinay Kumar, Ambassador of India to the Russian Federation, at the Indian Embassy in Moscow.

     

     

    Swadhin/Manoj

    (Release ID: 2124199) Visitor Counter : 72

    MIL OSI Asia Pacific News

  • MIL-OSI Asia-Pac: EPFO Simplifies Transfer Claim Process Through Revamped Form 13 Functionality; More Than 1.25 Crore Members to Benefit

    Source: Government of India

    EPFO Simplifies Transfer Claim Process Through Revamped Form 13 Functionality; More Than 1.25 Crore Members to Benefit

    Launches Facility for Bulk Generation of UAN by Employers without Aadhaar Seeding

    Posted On: 25 APR 2025 2:00PM by PIB Delhi

    Simplification of Transfer Claim Process through Revamped Form 13 functionality

    To ensure ease of living for its members, EPFO during January this year, has greatly simplified the process for transfer of PF account on change of jobs by removing the requirement of approval from employer in majority of the cases.

    Till now, the transfer of PF accumulations used to happen with the involvement of two EPF Offices. One, from which the PF accumulation is transferred (Source Office) and two, the EPF Office in which the transfer is actually credited (Destination Office).

    Now, with an aim to further simplify the process, EPFO has removed the requirement of approval of all transfer claims at the Destination Office by launching a Revamped Form 13 software functionality.

    Henceforth, once the transfer claim gets approved at the Transferor (Source) Office the previous account will automatically get transferred to the present account of the member at the Transferee (Destination) Office instantly furthering the aim of “Ease of Living” for Members of EPFO.

    This revamped functionality also provides the bifurcation of taxable and non-taxable components of PF accumulations to facilitate accurate calculation of TDS on Taxable PF interest.

    It is expected to benefit more than 1.25 Crore Members facilitating the transfer of around Rs. 90,000 Crores every year henceforth as the entire transfer process shall be speeded up.

    Bulk generation of UAN by Employers without seeding Aadhaar

    With a view to further Ease of Doing Business and to address the grievances being raised w.r.t proper accounting of the Past Accumulations that had been remitted to EPFO by the Exempted PF Trusts consequent to the surrender/cancellation of exemption and also in other cases involving remittance of past period contributions consequent to quasi-judicial/recovery proceedings, it has been decided by EPFO to relax the requirement of Aadhaar for generation of UAN/credit of Past Accumulations for such members. Also, a facility for bulk generation of UANs based on the Member Id & other member information available on record so as to enable prompt crediting of funds in the accounts of such members has been provided.

    To that effect a software functionality has already been deployed and made available to the Field Offices in the FO Interface for bulk generation of UANs in the above said cases and also account the Past Accumulations without the requirement of Aadhaar in EPFO Application.

    However, as a measure of risk mitigation to protect the PF accumulations, all such UANs would be kept in a frozen state and subsequently made operational only after the seeding of Aadhaar.

    All these measures are expected to significantly improve services to members and reduce long standing grievances including further streamlining of validations for auto settlement of eligible claims.

    ******

    Himanshu Pathak

    (Release ID: 2124244) Visitor Counter : 41

    MIL OSI Asia Pacific News

  • MIL-OSI Asia-Pac: Business expectations for the second quarter of 2025

    Source: Hong Kong Government special administrative region

         The Census and Statistics Department (C&SD) released today (April 25) the results of the Quarterly Business Tendency Survey for the second quarter (Q2) of 2025.
     
    Business Situation
     
         For all surveyed sectors taken together, the proportion of respondents expecting their business situation to be better (9%) in Q2 2025 over the preceding quarter is lower than that expecting it to be worse (18%). 
      
         When compared with the results of the Q1 2025 survey round, the proportion of respondents expecting a better business situation in Q2 2025 is 9%, broadly the same as the corresponding proportion in Q1 2025. On the other hand, the proportion of respondents expecting a worse business situation had slightly decreased from 19% in Q1 2025 to 18% in Q2 2025.
     
         Analysed by sector, respondents in most of the surveyed sectors expect their business situation to decrease on balance in Q2 2025 as compared with Q1 2025. In particular, significantly more respondents in the accommodation and food services and transportation, storage and courier services sectors expect their business situation to be worse in Q2 2025 as compared with Q1 2025.
     
         The results of the survey should be interpreted with care. In this type of survey on expectations, the views collected in the survey are affected by the events in the community occurring around the time of enumeration, and it is difficult to establish precisely the extent to which respondents’ perception of the future accords with the underlying trends. The enumeration period for this survey round was from March 4, 2025 to April 10, 2025. 
     
    Volume of Business / Output
     
         Respondents in all of the surveyed sectors expect their volume of business/ output to decrease on balance or remain broadly unchanged in Q2 2025 as compared with Q1 2025. In particular, significantly more respondents in the accommodation and food services sector expect their volume of business to decrease in Q2 2025 over Q1 2025.
     
    Employment
     
         Respondents in most of the surveyed sectors expect their employment to decrease on balance or remain broadly unchanged in Q2 2025 as compared with Q1 2025. In particular, more respondents in the accommodation and food services and construction sectors expect their employment to decrease in Q2 2025 over Q1 2025. In the real estate sector, however, more respondents expect their employment to increase, as compared to those expecting it to decrease.
     
    Selling Price/ Service Charge
     
         Respondents in most of the surveyed sectors expect their selling prices/ service charges to remain broadly unchanged in Q2 2025 as compared with Q1 2025. However, significantly more respondents in the construction and accommodation and food services sectors expect their tender prices/ charges for services rendered/ prices of food provided to go down in Q2 2025 over Q1 2025.
     
    Commentary
     
         A Government spokesman said that according to the survey conducted earlier, the near-term business outlook and hiring appetite among large enterprises for the second quarter of 2025 were largely stable compared with expectations for the previous quarter.  
     
         The spokesman pointed out that the survey captured largely the views of enterprises before the abrupt escalation of trade tensions due to the significant increases in import tariffs by the US in early April. Looking forward, as the downside risk and uncertainties of the global economy have increased notably, business sentiment should be subject to pressure. The Government has been providing support to enterprises through various measures, and will monitor the situation closely. 
     
    Further Information
     
         The survey gathers views on short-term business performance from the senior management of about 570 prominent establishments in various sectors in Hong Kong with a view to providing a quick reference, with minimum time lag, for predicting the short-term future economic performance of the local economy.
     
         The survey covers 10 major sectors in Hong Kong, namely manufacturing; construction; import / export trade and wholesale; retail; accommodation and food services (mainly covering services rendered by hotels and restaurants); transportation, storage and courier services; information and communications; financing and insurance; real estate; and professional and business services sectors.
     
         Views collected in the survey refer only to those of respondents on their own establishments rather than those on the respective sectors they are engaged in, and are limited to the expected direction of quarter-to-quarter change (e.g. “up”, “same” or “down”) but not the magnitude of change. In collecting views on the quarter-to-quarter changes, if the variable in question is subject to seasonal variations, respondents are asked to provide the expected changes after excluding the normal seasonal variations.
     
         Survey results are generally presented as “net balance”, i.e. the difference between the percentage of respondents choosing “up” and that choosing “down”. The percentage distribution of respondents among various response categories (e.g. “up”, “same” and “down”) reflects how varied their business expectations are. The “net balance”, with its appropriate sign, indicates the direction of expected change in the variable concerned. A positive sign indicates a likely upward trend while a negative sign indicates a likely downward trend. However, the magnitude of the “net balance” reflects only the prevalence of optimism or pessimism, but not the magnitude of expected change, since information relating to such magnitude is not collected in the survey.
     
         Furthermore, owing to sample size constraint, care should be taken in interpreting survey results involving a small percentage (e.g. less than 10%) of respondents in individual sectors.
     
         Chart 1 shows the views on expected changes in business situation for the period Q2 2024 to Q2 2025.
     
         Table 1 shows the net balances of views on expectations in respect of different variables for Q2 2025.
     
         The survey results are published in greater detail in the “Report on Quarterly Business Tendency Survey, Q2 2025”. Users can browse and download the publication at the website of the C&SD (www.censtatd.gov.hk/en/EIndexbySubject.html?pcode=B1110008&scode=300).
      
         Users who have enquiries about the survey results may contact the Business Expectation Statistics Section of the C&SD (Tel: 3903 7263; E-mail: business-prospects@censtatd.gov.hk).

    MIL OSI Asia Pacific News

  • MIL-OSI: Ryoko Reviews: Must Read Before Buying Ryoko Pro Wi-Fi!

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    FRANKLIN, Tenn., April 25, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — The internet has grown to become one of the greatest inventions of man. Many businesses, healthcare services, government operations and even the simplest day to day activities require some degree of Internet connection.

    Ryoko Reviews

    For something that is a necessity, many people are still struggling with fast, affordable and secure internet. You might have solved the problem of a stable internet in your home but what about when you are traveling?

    The Ryoko claims to offer quick, safe, and hassle-free internet access worldwide. The Ryoko Portable Wi-Fi is marketed as a gadget that will simplify your life by bringing fast internet access to you anywhere, without the inconvenience of costly roaming fees or insecure public Wi-Fi.

    Imagine being able to check your emails, surf the web, or even watch your favourite shows while camping in the woods or perhaps on a beautiful road trip. Doesn’t it sound like a dream? However, it is very much a reality with Ryoko.

    No matter where you are, you can get fast and secure internet with this compact, stylish, and remarkably portable Wi-Fi hotspot. Ryoko claims to ensure a flawless experience by automatically connecting to the best local network, whether you’re in a foreign metropolis or a secluded lodge in the country.

    Does it, however, truly live up to the hype? What is the difference between it and other portable Wi-Fi choices available on the market? Above all, is the investment worthwhile? Many USA intending buyers rated the product 4.9/5, with many searching for an honest review on Reddit, BBB and Trustpilot. We will be giving all the necessary details to help you make an informed purchase. Are you eager to learn more? Let’s get started!.

    What Is Ryoko Pro Portable Wi-Fi?
    (Ryoko Reviews)

    Ryoko Pro is a pocket-sized wireless router that creates a personal Wi-Fi network using global 4G LTE signals. It’s designed to deliver a fast, secure internet connection on the go. The device comes with a SIM card already preloaded with 500 MB of mobile data and has additional ad-blocking/anti-phishing capabilities.

    Ryoko Pro connects you to the best local networks, guaranteeing dependable service for all of your devices, whether you’re traveling to a remote location, heading out on a road trip, or just need a steady connection away from home. Ryoko ensures you stay connected to the world. With fast and reliable Wi-Fi available in more than 75+ countries, this gadget serves as a mobile hotspot and is a necessary travel companion both domestically and abroad.

    The Ryoko is lightweight, portable, and fits neatly in your pocket or purse. It’s ideal for people who need to access the internet while on the road without having to deal with the weight of conventional routers or finding a public Wi-Fi connection. You may use Ryoko to access the internet from any location, whether you’re working remotely from your vacation home, fishing by a lake, or camping in the woods.

    According to many verified USA, Canadian, UK, and Australian user reviews, Ryoko can run for up to eight hours between charges, which is more than enough power for an entire day of internet access while you’re out and about. Ryoko is designed to keep you online whether you are working while on the go, streaming a game, or keeping in touch with loved ones.

    First Impression: Unboxing the Ryoko Wi-Fi
    (Ryoko WiFi Reviews)

    Unboxing the Ryoko Pro is a simple yet satisfying experience that instantly reflects the product’s core promise: convenience without complexity. The packaging is compact, clean, and minimal — designed for travel, just like the device itself.

    Here’s what you will find inside the box:

    • Ryoko Pro Wi-Fi Device: The first thing you will notice is its size — smaller than a smartphone, lightweight, and sleek. Its matte finish and curved edges make it easy to grip and slip into your pocket, travel pouch, or even the palm of your hand.
    • Pre-installed SIM Card: One of Ryoko’s best features is that it arrives ready to use. You do not need to buy or insert a SIM — it is already installed and activated. This is a major relief for travelers who are used to fumbling with SIM trays or tracking down country-specific plans.
    • USB-C Charging Cable: The device includes a standard USB-C cable for quick charging. Some bundles may also include an optional magnetic charging dock, which lets you charge the device just by placing it on the base — no cords needed.
    • User Guide: A short, easy-to-follow instruction booklet walks you through setup. Spoiler: setup takes under 2 minutes. Most users don’t even need to open the manual.

    No tech skills? No problem. There is no app to install, no complicated configuration screens, and no extra software. Just press the power button, wait a few seconds, and the device automatically connects to the nearest available 4G LTE tower. Then you connect your phone, tablet, or laptop to the Ryoko Wi-Fi network, just like you would at home.

    From the moment you open the box, Ryoko feels like a device designed for modern life: lightweight, intuitive, and ready for action — whether that is working from the road, staying in touch on a hike, or streaming content in a cabin mile from the city.

    DON’T MISS OUT: Ryoko Wi-Fi Is Available At A Special Price – Click Here To Order From The Official Website

    How Does Ryoko Work?

    The Ryoko Portable Wi-Fi is definitely different from your regular portable WiFi; it works by creating a private, secure Wi-Fi network which automatically connects to the best local network in more than 75+ countries using virtual SIM technology. By choosing the best network for your location, Ryoko guarantees a strong connection irrespective of your location.

    The gadget is easy to set up; all you need to do is turn it on, connect your laptop, tablet, or phone to the Wi-Fi network, and you can begin working, browsing, or streaming. Up to ten devices can be online at once without compromising performance because of the device’s ability to connect to numerous devices at once. Even in places where regular cell coverage may not be strong, Ryoko’s 4G access guarantees high internet speeds.

    Key Features Of Ryoko Portable Router
    (Ryoko Pro Reviews)

    Let’s go through the features and specifications that make the Ryoko special:

    • Worldwide Coverage Without Roaming Fees: Ryoko provides worldwide coverage in over 75+ countries, guaranteeing that you can stay connected wherever you are. Without having to buy pricey overseas SIM cards or worry about erratic roaming fees, Ryoko Pro effortlessly switches to the best local network. It’s a great device for tourists from other countries who wish to avoid paying expensive mobile data prices. As Sophia N. writes: “The connection was consistently fast and reliable, even in a remote area of the woods. It worked everywhere, from my campsite to the lakeside.”
    • Integrated Ad Blocker: Ryoko has a smart ad-blocking tool that protects against malware and phishing websites. For anyone who values privacy and performance, this means faster surfing, improved speed, and an extra layer of online security.
    • Lightweight and No Tangled Cables: Ryoko was created with portability in mind and is small enough to fit in your pocket or in the palm of your hand. Its elegant, wire-free design guarantees that you can access fast internet anywhere; no cumbersome setup or tangled cables, just unrestricted mobility.
    • USB-C Fast Charging: Ryoko uses a USB-C connector, which reduces downtime and the hassle of finding a special charger. Better yet, the kit comes with a USB-C cable, so you don’t need any more purchases to power up and stay connected.
    • Fast, Data-Efficient Connectivity: Take advantage of speeds of up to 150 MB/s while Ryoko’s data-saving technology makes every megabyte matter. Whether you use Ryoko for business, streaming, or surfing, it provides quick, efficient internet without using up too much data.
    • Longer Battery Life: You may not always have access to a power outlet when you’re traveling or working in the field. That’s where Ryoko’s remarkable battery life comes into play. With up to 8 hours of continuous use on a single charge, you won’t have to worry about running out of battery power when working, streaming, or browsing. Another verified USA buyer, David T., reported, “The battery life really exceeded my expectations. I can’t imagine traveling without it!” Ryoko is ideal for travels, treks, and even working remotely from a café without always needing to recharge.
    • Easy to Use and Set Up: If you are not too tech-savvy, setting up a mobile hotspot can sometimes be a pain. Ryoko’s straightforward plug-and-play design solves that issue. It will take little time to get you up and running, even if you are not a tech specialist. “She set it up on her own, and she’s not a big techie. It’s that easy!” David T. claims that his wife set it up easily. The Ryoko hassle-free experience is a great bonus for individuals who wish to be online without needless complex installations.
    • Supports Multiple Devices at Once: Ryoko enables you to connect up to ten devices at once, meaning that you can simultaneously use your tablet, phone, laptop, and other devices online. Families, groups, or everyone else who needs to keep several devices connected while traveling will find it ideal. Sophia N. “I was using my tablet while my dad was using his phone by the lake. Ryoko handled both connections smoothly!” She remembers using it during a camping trip with her family.
    • Safe Connection: Wi-Fi networks, such as those in cafes and airports, are notoriously unreliable. If you are handling sensitive data, such as online banking or business correspondence, Ryoko’s private and secure connection is definitely what you need. You can now travel with peace of mind knowing that your data is secure thanks to its secure connectivity. According to Carlanaise, “I need a stable, secure connection, and I get that 95% of the time with Ryoko.
    • Affordable: Ryoko is designed to save you a whole lot of money. Frequent traveler NomadNetizen expressed his dissatisfaction with traditional mobile providers, saying, “International data charges are a nightmare. Ryoko saved me from those expensive fees, and now I never travel without it.” Ryoko makes staying connected simple and affordable for families, digital nomads, and anyone else who needs dependable internet on the go.

    Who Needs The Ryoko Portable Wi-Fi Device?
    (Muama Ryoko Reviews)

    Everywhere, at any time, Ryoko provides the ease of a reliable connection. The following people will find the Ryoko Pro most beneficial:

    • International Travelers
      If you’ve ever landed in a new country and immediately stressed over mobile data, Ryoko is for you. Instead of buying a new SIM card in every country — or worse, paying for expensive roaming — you can just turn on your Ryoko device and connect. It works in over 70 countries (more on that later), so you stay online the moment your flight touches down.
    • Digital Nomads and Remote Workers
      From freelancers to full-time remote employees, stable Wi-Fi is non-negotiable. Ryoko eliminates the need to rely on cafes, coworking spaces, or hotel networks. It gives you a private, secure, and fast connection wherever you go — ideal for Zoom calls, email, file uploads, and cloud-based work.
    • Campers, Hikers & Outdoor Adventurers
      Ryoko has become a favorite among adventurers, especially those who travel to remote areas. Whether you’re camping by a lake, hiking through trails, or road-tripping across states, Ryoko can keep you online where traditional mobile signal might fail. Tim Bennet, an extreme athlete, even described it as a replacement for bulky satellite gear.
    • Families and Group Travelers
      With support for up to 10 devices at once, Ryoko is perfect for groups. Instead of buying separate data plans for each phone, tablet, or laptop, the whole family or team can connect to one secure network — saving money and making coordination easier during trips.
    • Anyone Tired of Public Wi-Fi
      Even at home or in the city, Ryoko is useful. Public Wi-Fi in cafes, airports, or malls is often slow, unreliable, or risky. Ryoko gives you your own private connection, reducing the chances of data theft or signal drops when you need to stay productive.

    In short, Ryoko is made for people who value mobility, security, and simplicity. If you’ve ever wished you could bring your home internet connection with you, this device is exactly that — only smarter, smaller, and safer.

    MUST SEE: CLICK HERE NOW TO GET THE RYOKO PRO DIRECTLY FROM THE OFFICIAL WEBSITE AT A DISCOUNTED PRICE

    Is Ryoko Legit or Scam?

    The Ryoko Portable Wi-Fi device is a genuine product that has gained a strong reputation among consumers for offering a secure and fast way to stay connected while on the go. Ryoko provides a safe substitute for costly roaming fees or slow public Wi-Fi networks.

    The Muama Ryoko’s capacity to offer internet access in more than 75+ countries makes it a great choice for tourists visiting other nations. Users will enjoy quick, safe connections even in more isolated or underdeveloped locations, such as lakes and forests, thanks to this worldwide coverage. Ryoko can sustain a strong connection even in locations that regular networks are unable to reach, as numerous consumers have noted in their reviews.

    Many people have mentioned how handy it is to have weather when going on road vacations, camping excursions, or visits to their summer residences. Also, many USA customers have confirmed that the device lasts for over 8 hours on a single charge, which is more than enough for the majority of trip days.

    Not to be overlooked is how easy it is to set up and use. Customers have reported that it is very user-friendly, with simple instructions that even people who are not tech-savvy can follow. The Ryoko Pro Portable Wi-Fi is authentic as all of its claims have been verified by real customers with an average rating of a whopping 4.9/5 . You have no reason to be scared; Ryoko is not a fraud!

    Ryoko Pro Wi-Fi vs. Regular Portable Wi-Fi
    (Ryoko Reviews)

    Several important factors distinguish the Ryoko Portable Wi-Fi from standard portable Wi-Fi. To help you make a better choice, we will compare the variations in performance, portability, battery life, and general user experience of the Ryoko and other portable Wi-Fi devices:

    Performance

    Ryoko Pro has received recognition for sustaining a steady internet connection even in remote locales. According to many USA user feedback, Ryoko performs exceptionally in remote locations, wooded areas, and lakes where other portable hotspots sometimes falter. This is a huge benefit for anyone who needs dependable internet, even while traveling.

    On the other hand, standard portable Wi-Fi devices are not always reliable. They often depend on carrier-specific data plans or local networks, which might not always provide the best coverage or speed, particularly in rural or isolated places, so the Ryoko got the win on this one

    Mobility

    The Ryoko Portable Wi-Fi has a huge edge in terms of portability. Among the lightest gadgets in its class, it’s compact enough to fit in your pocket, purse, or even your hand. Its portability has been praised by many users, making it ideal for lengthy road trips and trekking adventures.

    Regular portable Wi-Fi devices, on the other hand, are usually bigger. Additionally, they can have a less elegant design, which would make them more difficult to transport without a special place to store them in your backpack or travel box.

    Battery Life

    Another notable edge of the Ryoko Portable Wi-Fi is its battery life. Ryoko guarantees that you can stay online all day long without having to continuously recharge because of its remarkable 8-hour battery life on a single charge. Ryoko’s long-lasting battery is designed to meet your needs, whether you’re working remotely from a remote location or watching a game while camping.

    However, most standard portable Wi-Fi devices will not last as long. Many types require frequent charging, particularly when used for extended periods of time. The longer battery life of Ryoko is a significant advantage for tourists who require reliable internet connectivity for lengthy periods of time.

    Usability

    The Ryoko Portable Wi-Fi device is renowned for being easy to set up. It’s really simple to connect to, according to many verified users, and doesn’t require any additional programs or complex setups. It’s a fantastic option for anyone looking for rapid and easy internet access because of its user-friendly interface.

    Regular portable Wi-Fi devices, on the other hand, may call for more complicated configuration or particular carrier support, which might be difficult for non-techies. Additionally, some devices require manual setups or other programs, which complicates the experience for novices.

    It’s obvious that Ryoko Portable router delivers better performance, portability, battery life, and user-friendliness than a standard portable Wi-Fi device. Ryoko is the obvious choice if you need a secure connection that functions in remote locations and a portable gadget with a long battery life. Ryoko makes sure you stay connected with the least amount of trouble, whether you’re traveling for business, pleasure, or adventure.

    How To Use Ryoko WiFi (Setting Up and Instructions)

    One of the most impressive things about Ryoko Pro is how quickly and easily it gets you connected — no apps, no installations, and definitely no tech stress.

    Here’s how setup works from the moment you open the box:

    1.   Power It On:
    Press the power button. Ryoko boots up and automatically connects to the best available mobile network in your location.

    2.   Connect Your Device:
    You have two options:
            •        Scan the QR code on Ryoko’s screen using your device’s camera, or
            •        Open your Wi-Fi settings, find the Ryoko network, and enter the provided password.

    3.   Enjoy Private, Secure Internet:
    Once connected, you can browse, stream, email, or work online just as you would on home Wi-Fi — only now, your connection is mobile and encrypted.

    4.   Recharge When Needed:
    Ryoko lasts between up to 8 hours depending on how many devices are connected and how actively you use it. It charges with a USB-C cable or an optional magnetic dock — both are easy to travel with.

    No SIM switching, no waiting for activation, and no surprise fees — that’s the experience Ryoko was built to deliver.

    DON’T MISS OUT: Ryoko Pro Portable Wi-Fi Is Available At A Special Price – Click Here To Order Directly From The Official Website

    Is Ryoko Wi-Fi Free?

    One of the most common questions people ask before buying Ryoko Pro is:
    “Is the Wi-Fi free once I buy the device?”

    The short answer is — Ryoko Wi-Fi isn’t completely free, but it’s far more flexible and affordable than traditional options like roaming plans or country-specific SIM cards.

    Every Ryoko device comes with a pre-installed SIM card and an initial 500MB of free data. After that, users can top up their data anytime online — without contracts or surprise fees.

    You are not tied to a fixed monthly subscription. You only pay for what you use, when you need it — which makes it ideal for travelers, seasonal users, and people who want full control over their internet costs.

    While Ryoko Pro is not completely free to operate, it gives you full control over your data spending — no contracts, no surprises, and no overpriced roaming charges. You pay for data only when you need it, and at a rate that is easy to manage.

    Ryoko Reviews Consumer Reports and Complaints USA

    Ryoko Pro has gotten wonderful feedback from clients worldwide. Users praise its mobility, reliability, and ease of use. The encouraging comments demonstrate how well it works in both urban and rural settings. We have included some verified reviews from actual customers:

    • Jenny P. | Verified Buyer – I love it. Im using it when going to my summer house or short road trips. Everywhere connection is fast and great! I love its portable design. It is very light, small and stylish, and easy to hold in my hand or pocket. Battery worked for more than 8 hours, that’s what I need when I am on the road. It brings Internet to the most remote places, woods, lakes. With Ryoko I can enjoy watching the game on my phone while im away.
    • Sophia N.| Verified Buyer – Absolutely looove my ryoko! My cousin lent me hers and I tried it while camping. the connection was consistently fast and reliable; even though it was quite a remote area of the woods. I really liked how portable ryoko is, super light, didn’t take up any space in our backpacks. battery life also exceeded my expectations, lasted more than 8h. I was even able to enjoy the game on my tablet while fishing with my dad at the lake. Got home and immediately bought one for me and my husband.
    • David T.| Verified Buyer – The connection is fast and hardly ever patchy, even in the woods, it blew my mind. It’s super light, and the battery life really exceeded my expectations. I can’t imagine traveling without it! It’s a MUST if you’re outdoors a lot. my wife got one as well. She says that it was super easy to set up, which she did not expect because she’s not a big techie.
    • Dilip G. | Verified USA Customer – The product is fantastic. It works as advertised, and my family is happy with it. The connection is consistent and fast. It is a good recommendation, as I tried it and everything worked just as it should.

    MUST SEE: CLICK HERE NOW TO GET THE RYOKO WIFI DIRECTLY FROM THE OFFICIAL WEBSITE AT A DISCOUNTED PRICE

    Ryoko Reviews: Pros

    • Truly Portable: Ryoko is easy to carry in your pocket, backpack, or even your hand because of its stylish and small design. Perfect for tourists who appreciate ease of use.
    • Reliable Connection in Remote Areas: Numerous users have attested to the device’s ability to function even in isolated locations, such as forests, lakeshores, and rural cabins, perfect for outdoor excursions.
    • Long Battery Life: Ryoko can sustain prolonged surfing, streaming, or working sessions without need frequent recharging thanks to a battery that lasts more than eight hours.
    • Fast and Stable Internet: Even in areas where standard mobile networks fail, customer reviews highlight quick and reliable connections.
    • No Installation Difficulties: Simply turn it on and connect to get started. Without expert assistance, even non-technical individuals have found it simple to get started.
    • Supports Multiple Devices: Ryoko is ideal for small families or groups of friends traveling together because it can connect multiple devices at once.
    • Perfect for Gaming and Streaming: Users have used it to stream videos and games on tablets and smartphones, even when they’re outside without any lagging
    • Excellent for foreign Travel: Ryoko has consistently performed well for travelers throughout Europe, help them save money on expensive foreign data roaming fees.
    • Elegant and Understated Design: In addition to being highly efficient, the gadget has a nice appearance. It is fashionable, lightweight, and will not draw undue attention.

    Ryoko Pro Reviews: Cons

    • Initial Cost Could Be a Barrier: While it will definitely help you save money over time, some purchasers could find the initial cost to be a problem.
    • Not Available on Retail Stores: The best place to get the Ryoko is the official website online.
    • Limited in stock: The Ryoko is trending on many platforms online, so it will not be surprising if it runs out of stock.

    Ryoko Pro Price – What is the Cost?

    The Ryoko Portable Wi-Fi is marketed as a cost-effective, secure internet solution for anyone in need of safe, mobile connectivity, including tourists and home users. You can get yours at the following prices:

    Ryoko is currently available for a temporary discount of up to 70% off. Also, the manufacturers have made available a 30-Day money back guarantee rerun policy: Hurry while supplies last.

    Where To Buy Ryoko Pro Portable Wi-Fi

    To ensure you are getting a genuine Ryoko Pro Portable Wi-Fi with full features and warranty, it’s strongly recommended to purchase only from the official website.

    Buying directly from the source comes with several important benefits:

    • Authenticity guaranteed — no risk of counterfeits or outdated models
    • Exclusive deals — up to 70% off, free shipping, and other limited-time offers you won’t find elsewhere
    • Risk-free purchase — backed by a 30-day money-back guarantee and often a 1-year warranty

    The official website is the only place where you are guaranteed the latest version of Ryoko Pro, complete with updates, customer support, and trusted delivery.

    CLICK HERE TO BUY THE RYOKO PRO WIFI DIRECTLY FROM THE OFFICIAL WEBSITE AT A DISCOUNTED PRICE

    Frequently Asked Questions (Ryoko Pro Reviews)

    The Ryoko Portable Wi-Fi device has quickly gained popularity among digital nomads, tourists, and everyone else who needs secure on-the-go internet connectivity. Based on customer reviews and product specifications, below are the answers to some commonly asked questions concerning Ryoko.

    How many devices is Ryoko able to connect to?

    You can connect up to ten devices at once with Ryoko. Families, parties, or business travelers who need to keep several devices online would find this excellent. Ryoko makes sure that everyone stays connected without sacrificing speed.

    Is Ryoko’s battery life really good?

    Ryoko’s battery life is one of its noteworthy qualities. Depending on usage, it can run for up to eight hours on a single charge. It’s ideal for long flights, day trips, and remote work sessions when you might not always have access to a power source.

    Is it possible to use Ryoko abroad?

    Of course! With coverage in more than 75+ countries, Ryoko is made to be used anywhere in the world. Ryoko guarantees dependable internet access without incurring costly roaming fees, whether you’re visiting distant regions of North America, Europe, or Asia. You won’t have to worry about signal loss in far-off places because it automatically switches to the best network available in each location.

    How fast is Ryoko’s internet connection?

    Ryoko’s 4G network allows for high internet rates. Even in remote locations, users have reported seamless video calls, browsing, and streaming. Ryoko guarantees a quick and dependable connection whether you’re working, watching a game, or just surfing the internet.

    Is it safe to use Ryoko?

    It is safe to use the Ryoko Portable Wi-Fi. Compared to public Wi-Fi, it offers a private connection that is far safer than most other devices. It also aids in defence against dangerous websites and pop-ups thanks to an integrated ad blocker. Its dependability and security, particularly in remote areas, have been commended by numerous Canada consumer reports. Ryoko gives you peace of mind at all times, protecting your data as you browse, work, or stream.

    Which devices are compatible with my Ryoko router?

    Your Ryoko router can be connected to a smartphone, laptop, tablet, PC, or even a smartwatch. Additionally, you can share the Internet with the devices of your friends and family. Ten devices can be used simultaneously!

    Does the Ryoko come with a SIM card? What are my options for topping up, and how much data do I get with it?

    It already has 500MB of mobile data, and the SIM card is included! Ryoko has no roaming charges, and you can top it up at any time.

    Can my parents or children use it? They are not tech-savvy

    Of course! Ryoko was created with an emphasis on simplicity. It only needs two button controllers!

    What is the purpose of the Ad Blocker feature?

    • Block trackers and ads: To shield you from undesired ads and trackers, Ryoko employs one of the most extensive ad and tracker blocking lists available, which is compiled from more than two dozen carefully selected block lists.
    • Stops malware: The Ryoko stops malware from websites that have a reputation for spreading malware, initiating phishing scams, or acting as servers to connect to devices that are already infected.
    • Blocks phishing domains: Blocks phishing domains, which are designed to steal personal information by tricking you into believing you are on a website you are familiar with. For example, playpal.com can look a lot like paypal.com, which you may not notice unless you’re paying attention. Ryoko will help make sure that you are protected from such websites.

    Final Thoughts On Ryoko Reviews

    Customers all over the world have made the Ryoko Portable Wi-Fi their go-to mobile internet solution because of its features, which include but are not limited to global coverage, long battery life, and ease of use. Staying connected is one less worry with Ryoko, whether you’re traveling to a rural cabin, fishing by the lake, camping in the woods, or just doing your everyday tasks

    The entire purchase process is easy and stress-free. All users, from casual road trippers to tech-savvy digital nomads, have expressed the same sentiment: it works, and it works well. Simple setup. No heavy equipment. Just a quick, stable internet connection in your pocket. Additionally, you can rely on it all day long due to its long-lasting battery and lightweight design. Try the Ryoko out; you will find yourself wondering how you managed to survive without it. Hurry to the official website while supplies last!

    DON’T MISS OUT: Ryoko Pro Is Available At A Special Price – Click Here To Order Directly From The Official Website
    Media Contact:
    support@getryoko.com

    Disclaimer: All the information in this release is published in good faith and for general information purposes only. The content provider does not make any warranties about the completeness, reliability, and accuracy of this information. Any action you take upon the information you find on this press release, is strictly at your own risk. We will not be liable for any losses and/or damages in connection with the use of our website.

    Photos accompanying this announcement are available at:

    https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/eb45d18d-b609-40bf-9259-44b06e25443f

    https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/7f9261dd-37a6-4ccd-b6e8-95f240796419

    https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/c4ff26b7-e0b0-4322-9361-39d827dc0f9b

    https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/a62beedd-817a-4dd9-805e-f3f240d21938

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI Europe: Minister Dillon welcomes EU’s new Ecodesign working plan as an opportunity for Irish businesses

    Source: Government of Ireland – Department of Jobs Enterprise and Innovation

    New measures that ensure products made by Irish manufacturers and designers are more durable and reusable have been welcomed by Minister of State for Small Business, Retail, and the Circular Economy, Alan Dillon.

    Minister of State Dillon has warmly welcomed the European Commission’s adoption of the Ecodesign for Sustainable Products Regulation (ESPR) 2025–2030 working plan. The Regulation, which came into force in July 2024, marks a significant step forward in the EU’s transition to a circular economy and replaces the existing Ecodesign Directive.

    The new plan broadens the scope of ecodesign beyond energy-using products to include steel, aluminium, textiles, furniture, mattresses, and tyres. It sets ambitious standards for improving the durability, repairability, reusability, and recyclability of these products—supporting the EU’s wider environmental and climate goals.

    Minister Dillon described the ESPR as “a cornerstone” of the EU’s green industrial strategy:

    “The EU’s Clean Industrial Deal outlines a clear objective: to double the circular material use rate to 24% by 2030. The ESPR working plan is a critical part of achieving that goal. It will ensure that products entering the EU market are designed, from the outset, to minimise waste and maximise sustainability. Ecodesign has already delivered significant improvements in the efficiency of energy-using products, and this broader approach will be just as transformative.”

    He also emphasised the positive implications for Irish businesses:

    “The ESPR opens up new opportunities for Irish manufacturers and designers by making sustainability a core element of product development. Companies that embrace circularity—considering the full life cycle of their products—will gain a competitive edge in both EU and global markets.”

    Enterprise Ireland is actively supporting sectors affected by the ESPR through guidance, stakeholder engagement, and funding opportunities such as the Green Transition Fund. The initiative helps Irish businesses innovate and align with evolving EU sustainability standards.

    ENDS

    MIL OSI Europe News

  • MIL-OSI China: China’s consumer goods trade-in program drives sales of over 720 bln yuan

    Source: People’s Republic of China – State Council News

    BEIJING, April 25 — China’s extensive consumer goods trade-in program has made phased progress this year, delivering tangible benefits to consumers and driving sales growth, the Ministry of Commerce said on Friday.

    Li Gang, an official with the ministry, said that the program had enabled over 120 million consumers to receive cash subsidies, boosting sales to over 720 billion yuan (about 99.91 billion U.S. dollars).

    In a bid to stimulate consumer spending, China has rolled out an expansive trade-in policy across multiple sectors.

    By the end of Thursday, the nationwide trade-ins included 2.71 million vehicles, 47.47 million home appliances, and 4.2 million electric bicycles, Li said.

    The program also saw the sale of 36.61 million mobile phones and other digital products, and 37.12 million units of home decor products, kitchenware and bathroom ware, the official added.

    MIL OSI China News

  • MIL-OSI Russia: International Book Day at the State University of Management was celebrated with a presentation of an author’s collection and a discussion on the role of AI in literature

    Translation. Region: Russian Federal

    Source: State University of Management – Official website of the State –

    On April 23, 2025, on International Book and Copyright Day, the Scientific Library of the State University of Management held a ceremony to present author’s copies of the collection of creative works “Towards Happiness” based on the materials of the II Inter-University Festival of Book Clubs “Living Hat”.

    Among the authors of the collection were representatives of Russian universities and colleges:

    State University of Management; All-Russian State University of Cinematography named after S.A. Gerasimov; State University of Education; College of Telecommunications of Moscow Technical University of Communications and Informatics; Moscow Business Academy; Moscow State University of Psychology and Education; Kutafin Moscow State Law University (MSAL); Moscow Financial and Industrial University “Synergy”; National Research Nuclear University MEPhI; Russian University of Sport “GTSOLIFK”; Plekhanov Russian University of Economics; Saint Petersburg State University; Financial University under the Government of the Russian Federation.

    The meeting was opened by the Rector’s Advisor, Head of the Department of State and Municipal Administration, and member of the Union of Writers of Russia, Sergei Chuev.

    “Now every author can publish his work, but being published among the best is a great source of pride for the author,” said Sergei Vladimirovich.

    Director of the Scientific Library of the State University of Management Olga Kharlamova expressed gratitude to the participants for their attention to the Inter-University Festival of Book Clubs “Living Hat” and invited them to join the work of the festival’s organizing committee in November.

    The head of the Literary and Theatre Club “GUUmanist”, a leading specialist of the Institute of Distance Education of the State University of Management Tatyana Rachek noted that such meetings are a huge incentive to support cultural values, to form patriotism in young people, and wished all participants of future competitions and festivals inspiration and new ideas.

    Leading specialist of the Scientific Library Evgeniya Drits invited new clubs to participate in the Festival in 2025.

    After the award ceremony, an interesting discussion took place. One of the main questions was whether it is acceptable to use AI in literature:

    Can neural networks be trusted to create full-fledged works of art? Does AI help develop a writer’s imagination or, on the contrary, hinder the manifestation of creative individuality? Should AI’s work be perceived as a threat to classical creativity or as a useful tool to support the writer?

    The participants spoke openly and sincerely, with many arguments and examples from personal experience. Some said that AI is a new thing, and, like everything new, we are free to treat it with caution. But this does not mean that neural networks are bad. Their use is acceptable in the context of helping the author. Others insisted that the use of neural networks in literature is unacceptable, and AI is only good for pulp novels. Some supported the idea that AI helps to complete images, complement existing ideas. It is just a tool, it does not generate texts entirely and can only help a person, but not replace him. And neural networks that generate images help aspiring authors who want to promote their work, but cannot afford the services of an illustrator. In this case, AI is beneficial, since it helps to promote new talents. Most participants agreed that artificial intelligence can really become an excellent assistant to a writer, complementing and enriching creative ideas. It is important to remember that true art is created by man, and the tools only support the flight of his imagination.

    The authors shared stories about their first attempt at writing, discussed the problem of the author’s responsibility for their readers, and reflected on imitating the style of the greats. They also read their poems and prose. The participants of the event left autographs and good wishes for the Scientific Library of the State University of Management.

    Representatives of book, literary, and poetry clubs highly appreciated the initiative of the Scientific Library of the State University of Management to form an active community that supports cultural values, uniting students who are passionate about reading, and supporting the creativity of young authors.

    The collection “Towards Happiness” is already in the collection of the Scientific Library of the State University of Management.

    Until next time, full of warmth, smiles and interesting conversations!

    Subscribe to the TG channel “Our GUU” Date of publication: 04/25/2025

    Please note: This information is raw content directly from the source of the information. It is exactly what the source states and does not reflect the position of MIL-OSI or its clients.

    MIL OSI Russia News